Class 10

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses

Study the following sentences :
(i) It always rains after I have watered the plants in the garden (When does it always rain?)
(ii) They arrived where nobody had set foot before. (Where did they arrive?)
(iii) Do it as your teacher showed you. (In what manner do you do it?)
(iv) I wrote in the diary so that I wouldn’t forget. (For what purpose did I write in the diary ?)
(v) I couldn’t go to the fair because I was busy. (Why couldn’t I go to the fair?)
The above-underlined clause is the various Adverb Clauses. (ଉପରଲିଖ୍ତ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ।)

⇒ As an Adverb qualifies a verb or an adjective, an Adverb Clause modifies a verb or an adjective used in the main clause or independent clause. (ଯେପରି ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣପଦକୁ ଏକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣପଦ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ, ସେହିପରି ଏକ ସ୍ୱାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣକୁ ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ ତାହାକୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
A: I shall tell you everything.
B: When?
A: I shall tell you everything after this period is over.

Kinds of Adverb Clauses :

Adverb Clause of	Answering question	Subordinating conjunctions or subordinators
1. Place	where	where, where
2. time	when	when, whenever, before, after, since, till until, by the time, as soon as
3. manner	how	as, as if, as though (ଯେପରି, ସତେ ଯେପରି)
4. comparison	to what degree/extent	as, than, as / so as (ଯେତେ, ଅପେକ୍ଷାଠାରୁ,ଯେପରି….ସେପରି)
5. reason	why	because, as, since
6. purpose	for what purpose	so that, in order that (ଯାହା ଫଳରେ)
7. result	to what extent	so…..that/such (ଯେତେ, ଯେ) that
8. condition	under what condition . (କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ)	if, unless (ଯଦି ନୁହେଁ)
9. contrast	………….	though, although (ଯଦିଓ)

Adverb Clauses of Time (ସମୟସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) :
(Putting ‘when’ to the verb(s) in the Main Clause)
(Main Clause ରେ ଥିବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦରେ ‘when’ ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
(a) It always rains after I have watered the plant in the garden.
(b) Can I have any rest before you go?
Adverb Clause of time
(Other subordinates are when, while, as, as soon as, no sooner, by the time, since, till, until.)

(2) Adverb Clauses of Place (ସ୍ଥାନସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ) :
(Main Clause ରେ ଥିବା verb (s) ରେ ‘where’ (କେଉଁଠାରେ) ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନକଲେ)
(a) They arrived where nobody had set foot before.
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କେଉଁଠାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ?’ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ପୂର୍ବରୁ କେହି ପାଦ ପକାଇ ନଥିଲେ।’)
(b) People followed him wherever he went.
Adverb Clause of place
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ସେ ଯେଉଁଠାକୁ ଗଲେ ।’)
(Other sub-ordinators are everywhere, whenever, anywhere etc.)

(3) Adverb Clauses of Reason (କାରଣସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) As the weather is fine, we should enjoy it.
Adverb Clause of reason
ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘Why should (we) enjoy it.” ର ଉତ୍ତର -‘ As the weather is fine’.
(ii) Father couldn’t go to his office because he was ill.
Adverb Clause of reason
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କାହିଁକି ଯାଇ ପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘କାରଣ ସେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲେ ।’)
(Other sub-ordinators are ‘since’, and ‘because’)

(4) Adverb Clauses of Purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) We keep food in the fridge so that it stays fresh.
Adverb Clause of Purpose
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଆମ୍ଭେ କେଉଁ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଫ୍ରିଜ୍‌ରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରଖୁ ?’
ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଯାହାଫଳରେ ଏହା ତଟକା ରୁହେ ।’)
(ii) I wrote in my diary so that I wouldn’t forget your phone no.
Adverb Clause of Purpose
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ ମୁଁ କେଉଁ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଡାଇରୀରେ ଲେଖୁଲି ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର ତା’ର Phone. No. ଭୁଲିବି ନାହିଁ।’)
(Another sub-ordinator is in order that = ଯାହାଫଳରେ)

(5) Adverb Clauses of Manner (ଅବସ୍ଥାସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) Do it as your teacher showed you.
Adverb Clause of Manner
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘କିଭଳି କର ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯେଉଁଭଳି ତୁମ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ତୁମକୁ ଦେଖାଇଥିଲେ ।’)
(ii) The girl behaved as if/as though nothing had happened.
Adverb Clause of Manner
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – (ଝିଅଟି) କିପରି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇଲା ? ’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ସତେ ଯେପରି କିଛି ଘଟିନଥିଲା ।’)

(6) Adverb Clauses of Comparison (ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) The teacher explained better than the pupils hoped.
Adverb Clause of Comparison
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଶିକ୍ଷକ କିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ବୁଝାଇଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର କରିଥିଲେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ଭଲଭାବରେ।’)
(ii) The pupils worked harder than we thought.
Adverb Clause of Comparison
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ପିଲାମାନେ କିଭଳି ଭାବରେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲେ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯେତେ ଭାବିଥୁଲୁ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଆହୁରି ଅଧିକ i)

(7) Adverb Clauses of Condition (ସର୍ତ୍ତମୂଳକ|ସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ)
(i) If my friends come, we shall play.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ଖେଳିବୁ ?’ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି ସାଙ୍ଗମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତି ’)
(ii) Unless you work hard, you won’t get good marks.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ‘ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ଭଲ ମାର୍କ ପାଇବ ନାହିଁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ନ କର ’)
(iii) Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ‘ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ତୁମକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବୁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ‘ଯଦି ତୁମେ ଅଭାବରେ ପଡ଼ିବ।’)
(iv) We shall be with you as long as you stay here.
Adverb Clause of Condition
(ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ‘ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେଉଁ ସର୍ଭରେ ତୁମ ସହିତ ଥୁବୁ ?’ ର ଉତ୍ତର – ଯେପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତୁମେ ଏଠାରେ ଅଛ ।’)

(8) Adverb Clauses of Concession (କୋହଳଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ)
(i) They studied hard although they were tired. (ଯଦିଓ କ୍ଳାନ୍ତ ଥିଲେ)
Adverb Clause of Concession
(ii) Whether you believe or not, I speak the truth. (ତୁମେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କର ବା ନ କର )
Adv. Clause of Concession
I won’t leave this place no matter what you do. (ତୁମେ ଯାହା କର ପଛକେ)
Adverb Clause of Concession

Rules for Making Adverb Clauses :
(i) No sooner (Omit ‘As soon as)
[No sooner + Helping verb + Subject]
Example: As soon as the rain started, I ran into a room.
Answer:
No sooner did the rain start than I ran into the room. (did = helping verb)

(ii) As if (ସତେ ଯେପରି) (Omit “one might think”)
Example: The man walked with irregular steps. One might think he was drunk.
Answer:
The man walked with irregular steps as if he was drunk.

(iii) Though/Although (ଯଦିଓ) (Omit ‘but’ an ‘yet’)
Example: The man was beaten by the police. But he was innocent.
Answer:
Although/though the man was innocent, he was beaten by the police.

(iv) Unless (ଯଦି ନୁହେଁ) (Omit ‘iƒ…..not’)
Example: If you don’t obey me, I won’t talk to you.
Answer:
Unless you obey me, I won’t talk to you.
Example: Gopal can’t get the first prize if he doesn’t speak brilliantly.
Answer:
Gopal can’t get the first prize unless he speaks brilliantly.

Positions of Adverb Clauses:
An adverb clause may come before or after the Main Clause. (ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡପରେ ବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)

Examples :
(i) I played as though I was hurt.
Or, Though I was hurt, I played.
(ii) Father gave me money so that I could buy a few textbooks.
(iii) He was late for school because the bus broke down on the way.
Or, Because the bus broke down on the way, he was late for school.
(iv) Mr. Dash can’t see well although he uses glasses.
Or, Although Mr. Dash uses glasses, he can’t see well.

Activity – 1

Complete the following sentences with adverb clauses starting with the word(s) given in brackets.
(i) We reached home ___________ (when)
Answer:
We reached home when it began to rain.

(ii) Ramesh ran _________ (so fast that)
Answer:
Ramesh ran so fast that nobody could catch up with him.

(iii) You wouldn’t succeed __________ (if)
Answer:
You wouldn’t succeed if you didn’t work hard.

(iv) The sum is not as difficult __________ (as)
Answer:
The sum is not as difficult as I had expected.

(v) The thief behaved ____________ (as if)
Answer:
The thief behaved as if he were innocent.

(vi) You should rest ____________ (because)
Answer:
You should rest because you are tired.

(vii) My friends will come ___________ (even if)
Answer:
My friends will come even if I don’t invite them.

(viii) He speaks better ___________ (than)
Answer:
He speaks better than he writes.

(ix) The thief hid the jewelry ___________ (where)
Answer:
The thief hid the jewelry where there were no people.

(x) The man is absolutely honest _____________ (even though)
Answer:
The man is absolutely honest even though he is poor.

Activity – 2

Identify the adverb clauses and mention what kinds of adverbs they are :
(i) Train up the children in the way they should go.
Answer:
In the way they should go – adverb clause of manner

(ii) As the dog returns to his vomit, so a fool returns to his folly.
Answer:
As the dog returns to his vomit – adverb clause of manner

(iii) Where there is no vision, the people suffer.
Answer:
Where there is no vision – adverb clause of condition not ‘place’

(iv) Do unto others as they would do unto you.
Answer:
as they would do unto you – adverb clause of manner

(v) We went out to play as the weather became better.
Answer:
as the weather became better – adverb clause of reason

(vi) Although he went to the market, he forgot to buy the vegetables.
Answer:
Although he went to the market – adverb clause of contrast or concession

(vii) Whether you join the picnic or not, you will have to pay the money.
Answer:
Whether you join the picnic or not-adverb clause of contrast or concession

(viii) You can’t cheat him even though he is very simple.
Answer:
even though he is very simple – adverb clause of concession

(ix) Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Answer:
Provided (ଯଦି) you are in need – adverb clause of condition

(x) We keep food in the fridge so that it remains fresh.
Answer:
so that it remains fresh – adverb clause of purpose

Activity – 3

Match the adverb clauses with the corresponding main clauses. Then rewrite the sentences starting with the main clauses.

Adverb clause of conditions	Main clause
If you pour oil on water	I could have arrived there on time.
If you heat iron	you can understand.
If the sun sets	you would have got a first class.
If it rains today	I would take you to her place.
If you read the lesson	it floats.
If we start now	I would fly in the sky.
If I had wings	it expands.
If I knew her address	we can reach there in time.
If you hadn’t reminded me	I shall not go out.
If you had studied more sincerely	it becomes dark.

Answer:

Adverb clause of conditions	Main clause
If you pour oil on the water	it floats.
If you heat iron	it expands.
If the sun sets	it becomes dark.
If it rains today	I shall not go out.
If you read the lesson	you can understand.
If we start now	we can reach there in time.
If I had wings	I would fly in the sky.
If I knew her address	I would take you to her place.
If you hadn’t reminded me	I could have arrived there on time.
If you had studied more sincerely	you would have got a first class.

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences using main clauses (Don’t forget the commas.) :
(i) If you meet him, ____________
Answer:
If you meet him, you will know about him.

(ii) Had I the wings of a dove, ____________
Answer:
Had I the wings of a dove, I would fly.

(iii) If India had won this match, ____________
Answer:
If India had won this match, it would have played the semifinal.

(iv) If you are not watching TV, ____________
Answer:
If you are not watching TV, do your homework.

(v) If you had driven more carefully, ____________
Answer:
If you had driven more carefully, you wouldn’t have faced the accident.

(vi) If Mahatma Gandhi were alive today, ____________
Answer:
If Mahatma Gandhi were alive today, he would make India develop.

(vii) If you boil water upto 100°C, ____________
Answer:
If you boil water up to 100°C, steam comes out.

(viii) If my friend comes in time, ____________
Answer:
If my friend comes in time, I shall go with him.

(ix) If I were you, ____________
Answer:
If I were you, I would teach him a lesson.

(x) If Germany had won World War-II, ____________
Answer:
If Germany had won World War-II, it would have become a superpower.

Activity – 5

Study the following sentences and mention whether they are simple (S), complex (X), or compound (D) sentences:
(i) The sun is shining and the day is quite warm.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(ii) The day is quite warm because the sun is shining.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(iii) The sun is bright, warm, and not very unpleasant.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(iv) Make hay while the sun shines.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(v) Please call that girl, who has blue eyes.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(vi) What you told me is entirely false.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(vii) This is not what I asked for.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(viii) I know you were inattentive and didn’t listen to me.
Answer:
Compound (D)

(ix) Don’t be inattentive in the class.
Answer:
Simple (S)

(x) Waste not, want not.
Answer:
Complex (X) [If you don’t waste, you won’t want]

(xi) It isn’t true that he cheated in the examination.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xii) I am sorry that he has been disturbed.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xiii) The man you saw through the window has gone.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xiv) I met him as I was leaving the house.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xv) They answered better than I had hoped.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xvi) I am taking an umbrella in case it rains.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xvii) The memory of what the teacher had said still burned within him.
Answer:
Complex (X)

(xviii) The sun is shining, the day is warm and the birds are singing.
Answer:
Compound (D)

Activity – 6

Find the noun and adverb clauses in the sentences given in the previous question. Mention why they are noun clauses or what type of adverb clauses they are.
Answers
(ii) because the sun is shining. (adverb clause of reason) (because – subordinator)
(iv) while the sun shines. (adverb clause of time) (while-subordinator)
(v) who has blue eyes. (Relative clause)
(vi) What you told me. (Noun clause) (subject to the verb) (what-subordinator)
(vii) What I asked for. (Noun clause Object to the verb) (what-subordinator)
(x) If you don’t waste. (Adverb clause of condition)
(xi) that he cheated in the examination. (Noun clause) (complement to the object ‘true’)
(xii) that he has been disturbed. (Noun clause) (Complement to the adjective ‘sorry’)
(xiv) As I was leaving the house. (adverb clause of time) (as – subordinator) (xv) than I had hoped. (adverb clause of degree or comparison) (than-subordinator)
(xvi) in case it rains. (adverb clause of purpose) (in case – subordinator) (xvii) what the teacher had said. (Noun clause – object to the preposition ‘of”)

Activity – 7

Combine the following pairs of sentences first into Complex Sentences and then into Compound Ones. [You may change the order of sentences in each pair if you like.]

(i) Call on me tomorrow. + I will give you the money then.
Answer:
Complex: If you will call on (see) me tomorrow, I will give you the money then.
Compound: Call on me tomorrow and I will give you the money.

(ii) I can’t go. + I have no ticket.
Answer:
Complex: I can’t go because/as/since I have no ticket.
Compound: I have no ticket, so I can’t go.

(iii) The days are unlucky. + We mustn’t give up hope.
Answer:
Complex: As the days are unlucky, we mustn’t give up hope.
Compound: The days are unlucky yet we mustn’t give up hope.

(iv) The day was very cold. + I had to take a woolen sweater.
Answer:
Complex: Since the day was very cold, I had to take a woolen sweater.
Compound: I had to take a woolen sweater for the day was very cold.

(v) I broke a tooth. + I had to go to see the dentist.
Answer:
Complex: I had to go to see the dentist/because I broke a tooth.
Compound: I broke a tooth, so, therefore, I had to go to the dentist.
Or, I had to go to the dentist because I broke a tooth.

Activity – 8

Find out the subordinate clauses in the following passage and say what type of clauses they are. Mention why you think so.
Tuni asks Tuna, “Please go to the shop for me and buy a packet of milk and, if they have eggs, get six.” A short time later, Tuna comes back with six packets of milk. Tuni asks him, “Why did you buy so much milk?” He replies, “They have eggs”.
Answer:
If they have eggs. (adverb clause condition) (modifies the verb ‘get’) (Because) they have\eggs) (adverb clause of reason)

Adverb Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

(i) Complete the following sentences with adverbs clauses starting with the word(s) given in the brackets.

1. You won’t succeed __________ (unless)
Answer:
Unless you work hard.

2. Do it _________ (as)
Answer:
As your teacher showed you.

3. I couldn’t attend the meeting ________ (because)
Answer:
Because I was ill.

4. You will be successful __________ (if)
Answer:
If you work hard.

5. They arrived ___________ (where)
Answer:
Where nobody had set foot before.

6. The students worked harder __________ (than)
Answer:
Than we had expected.

7. We reached home __________ (when)
Answer:
When it was raining.

8. The man is honest ____________ (even though)
Answer:
Even though he is very poor.

9. The pickpocket behaved __________ (as if)
Answer:
As if he knew nothing.

10. I wrote in the diary __________ (so that)
Answer:
So that I wouldn’t forget.

11. Ramesh ran __________ (so fast that)
Answer:
So fast that he won the race.

12. The sum is not as difficult. ____________ (as)
Answer:
As you think.

13. My friend will come. _________ (even if)
Answer:
Even if he is not invited.

14. He speaks better ___________ (than)
Answer:
Than he writes.

15. The thief hid the jewelry ___________ (where)
Answer:
Where nobody had gone before.

16. We can play outside ___________ (since)
Answer:
Since the weather is fine.

17. We reached the station ___________ (after)
Answer:
The train had left.

18. The patient had died ___________ (before)
Answer:
Before the doctor arrived.

19. The never talk to each other ___________ (although)
Answer:
Although they are sisters.

20. My dog goes __________ (wherever)
Answer:
Wherever I go.

(ii) Identify the adverbs clauses and mention what kinds of adverbs they are.

1. Provided you are in need, we shall help you.
Answer:
provided you are in need- Adverb clause of condition.

2. Since it rained hard, I stayed in.
Answer:
since it rained hard-Adverb clause of reason.

3. Whatever he does, people treat him like a God.
Answer:
whatever he does-Adverb clause of concession.

4. He spends more than he earns.
Answer:
than he earns-Adverbs clause of comparison.

5. The sooner you start, the sooner you will reach.
Answer:
the sooner you start-Adverb clause of time.

6. He looks as if he is ill.
Answer:
as if he is an ill-Adverb clause of manner.

7. The driver stopped the bus so that the children could cross the road easily.
Answer:
so that the children could cross the road- Adverb clause of purpose.

8. Strike the iron when it is hot.
Answer:
when it is a hot-Adverb clause of time.

9. Although he is poor, he is honest.
Answer:
although he is a poor-Adverb clause of concession.

10. He does not work hard as his brothers do.
Answer:
as hard as his brother does-Adverb clause of manner.

11. Where there is no vision, the people suffer.
Answer:
where there is no vision-Adverb clause of place.

12. Whether you join the picnic or not, you will have to pay the money.
Answer:
whether you join the picnic or not-Adverb clause of concession.

13. We keep food in the fridge so that it remains fresh.
Answer:
so that it remains fresh- Adverb clause of purpose.

14. Were wished horses, beggars would ride them.
Answer:
were wishes horses- Adverb clause of condition.

15. Do it as your teacher showed you.
Answer:
as your brother showed you-Adverb clause of manner.

16. Since no one asked me, I didn’t tell them.
Answer:
since no one asked me- Adverb clause of reason.

17. My father came when I was reading.
Answer:
when I was reading-Adverb clause of time.

18. He sold more than the company expected.
Answer:
than the company expected-Adverb clause of comparison.

19. Even though he is poor, he is honest.
Answer:
Even though he is poor- Adverb clause of concession.

20. Do as he does.
Answer:
as he does- Adverb clause of manner.

21. Farmers use manure in order that they reap good harvest.
Answer:
in order that they reap good harvest-adverb clause of purpose.

22. If you meet her, tell her to see me.
Answer:
if you meet her – Adverb clause of condition.

23. You can’t cheat him even though he is very simple.
Answer:
even though he is very simple-Adverb clause of concession.

24. You should take rest because you are tired.
Answer:
because you are tired-Adverb clause of reason.

25. I was asleep when he returned.
Answer:
when he returned-Adverb clause of time.

(iii) Complete the sentences using a main clause.

1. If I knew his address,
Answer:
I would tell you.

2. If I were a deaf,
Answer:
I would not hear anything.

3. If you go to the moon,
Answer:
you don’t live long.

4. If you read sincerely,
Answer:
you will secure good mark.

5. If I were you,
Answer:
I would help others.

6. If your had driven carefully,
Answer:
you could have avoided the accident.

7. If I had four hands,
Answer:
I would work more.

8. If you wake up before me,
Answer:
give me a call.

9. If he won’t do the job,
Answer:
I will have to do it myself.

10. If you are sleepy,
Answer:
you can go to the bed.

11. If you are tired,
Answer:
take a rest

12. If you heat iron,
Answer:
it expands.

13. If I make a promise,
Answer:
I keep it.

14. IfI came into a fortune,
Answer:
I would give up working.

15. If you caught the 9 o’clock train.
Answer:
you could get there in time.

16. If you had taken my advice
Answer:
you wouldn’t have been in trouble.

17. If you had arrived in time,
Answer:
you could have enjoyed the match.

18. If I had wings
Answer:
I would fly.

19. If I had had enough money,
Answer:
I could have bought a new car.

20. If animals became men.
Answer:
they would live in houses.

21. If India had won this match.
Answer:
they would have got through the final.

(iv) Use the correct form of verbs given in the brackets.

1. If he had taken his medicines regularly, he __________ seriously ill. (not fall)
Answer:
would not have fallen

2. If I made a promise, I __________ it. (keep)
Answer:
would keep

3. If I had enough money, I __________ a new car. (buy)
Answer:
could buy

4. If you took the car, you __________ time. therein (reach)
Answer:
would reach

5. If I. _________ enough money, I could have bought a flat. (have)
Answer:
had had

6. If you had arrived in time, you the __________ match. (Witness)
Answer:
would have witnessed

7. If I ________ the tiger, I would live in the forest. (be)
Answer:
were

8. If you work hard, you grade. __________ get ‘A’ grade (get)
Answer:
will get

9. If you don’t hurry, the others __________ without you. (go)
Answer:
will go

10. If the shop is closed, he. _____________ to another shop (go)
Answer:
will go

11. If you go to Puri, you __________ Lord Jagannath. (see)
Answer:
will see

12. If he came, I ___________ with him. (go)
Answer:
would go

13. If you heat ice, it ____________ (melt)
Answer:
melts

14. If I make a promise, I ___________ it. (keep)
Answer:
keep it

15. If the sun sets, dark ___________ (approach)
Answer:
Approaches

16. If you make a mistake, a teacher. ____________ it. (correct)
Answer:
corrects

17. If you hit red-hot iron, it ____________ (expand)
Answer:
Expands

18. If you had something stolen, you ____________ the police. (inform)
Answer:
would inform

19. IfI went to Delhi, I __________ the Red Fort (visit).
Answer:
would visit

20. If I won a lottery, I __________ my job. (give up)
Answer:
would give up

21. If you drop a glass, it. __________ (break)
Answer:
breaks

22. If you want money, __________ me. (ask)
Answer:
ask

23. Were I a fish, I _________ in water. (live)
Answer:
would live

24. Had I known his address, I ___________ you. (tell)
Answer:
could have told

25. If you took another attempt, you. ___________ successfully. (come out)
Answer:
would come out

26. Better __________ here if you are not watching TV. (sit)
Answer:
Sit

27. If I knew how it worked, I ____________ you how to do it. (tell)
Answer:
could tell

28. I __________ you if I receive the news. (inform)
Answer:
will inform

29. Return my mobile phone, if you ______________ using it (finish)
Answer:
have finished

30. If he had arrived in time, he _________ the match. (enjoy)
Answer:
would have enjoyed.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 Tense Revisited

Tense’ and ‘Time’ in English are not necessarily related to each other.

• ‘Time’ is a universal (ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ), non-linguistic concept because ( ଭାଷାବିହୀନ ଧାରଣା) it is independent oflanguage.
• ‘Time’ is a continuous flow (ନିରବଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରବାହ) measured in seconds, minutes, hours, days or years.
• ‘Time’ and ‘tense’ mustn’t be confused.

Let’s prove it :
The Chief Minister is visiting our school next week (ମୁଖ୍ୟମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ଆମ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ପରିଦର୍ଶନ କରିବେ ।)
Here the tense “is visiting” is present but the time referred to (ସୂଚିତ କରାଯାଇଥିବା) is future.

Tense

• The word “Tense” is derived from ( ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପରି ଲାଭ କରିଛି) the Latin word ‘Tempus’ which means ‘Time’.
• “Tense of the verb” (କ୍ରିୟାର କାଳ) suggests the time of an action or event (ଘଟଣା) and it is very important in the sense that we always express events or actions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) with reference to different periods of time. ‘
• So ‘Tense’ shows (a) the time of an action and (b) its degree of completeness.

Remember: English grammar has no future tense as there is no specific (ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର) or separate verb form or grammatical marker to indicate future time.

The present tense forms are used to talk about the future time. (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ସମୟ ବିଷୟରେ କହିବାପାଇଁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ କାଳ ରୂପକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples:
The Secretary is going (ଯିବେ) to Bhubaneswar next month.
The President arrives (ପହଞ୍ଚିବେ) here on Monday.
My younger son will go (ଯିବ) to college tomorrow.
Here the expressions next month, Monday and tomorrow indicate future time

Let’s see the time division.
PAST <— …………………………… NOW…………………………………—-> FUTURE

‘Now’- Present time
Before ‘Now’- Past time
After ‘Now’- Future time.

Each tense has four aspects. They are :
1. Indefinite or Simple
2. Continuous or Progressive
3. Perfect
4. Perfect Continuous or Perfect Progressive

What is ASPECT?
‘Tense’ broadly (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ) corresponds to time, but tense forms have also to indicate the manner, i.e (that is) whether an action, activityor state is, was or will be in progress or whether it is, was or will be complete. This manner goes by the name “Aspect”.

Ways of Expressing Present Time

1. Present Simple and its uses :
The Present Simple or Simple Present tense retains its base form in all cases except when the subject in the third person is singular. (ତୃତୀୟପୁରୁଷ ଏକବଚନକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ Present Simple Tense ନିଜର ମୂଳ ରୂପକୁ ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
A: Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I go.(ମୁଁ ଯାଏ ।)	We go.(ଆମ୍ଭେ(ମାନେ) ଯାଉ ।)
You go.(ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ ।	You go(ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଅ ।)
He / Gopal goes.(ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ ।)	They / Children go.(ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।)

B. Negative sentence (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I don’t go (ମୁଁ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)	We don’t go (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉନାହୁଁ ।)
You don’t go (ତୁମେ/ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)	You don’t go (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)
He / Gopal doesn’t go.(ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)	They/Children don’t go.(ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)

C. Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) : (Yes-No Question)

Singular	Plural
Do I go? (ମୁଁ ଯାଏ କି ?)	Do we go? (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉ କି ?)
Do you go? (ତୁମେ । ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଯାଅ କି ? ଆପଣ ଯା’ନ୍ତି କି ?)	Do you go? (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଯାଅ କି / ଯାଆନ୍ତି କି ?)
Does he / Gopal go? (ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଏ କି ?)	Do they / children go? (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି କି ?)

He, she, it, water, Gopal, Rahim, pen, duster, water, gold, rain etc. are third person singular numbers.

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) To express a habitual action (ଏକ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Father drinks (ପିଅନ୍ତି) coffee every morning.
He always speaks (କୁହେ) the truth.
I sometimes write (ଲେଖେ) poems.
Suresh gets up (ଉଠେ) at five and goes (ଯାଏ) to bed at nine.

→ In such cases (ଏଭଳି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ) we can use adverbs (କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ) like everyday, usually (ସାଧାରଣତଃ), always, often, never, sometimes, at times (ବେଳେବେଳେ).

(ii) To express a present state (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
I am hungry. (ମୁଁ ଭୋକିଲା ଅଟେ ।)
Mary has a doll. (ମେରୀ ପାଖରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କଣ୍ଢେଇ ଅଛି ।)
Children love (ଭଲପାଆନ୍ତି) sweets.
h/lr Mishra is (ଅଟନ୍ତି) a good writer.

(iii) To express general truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
The earth moves (ଘୂରେ) round the sun.
Cows eat (ଖାଆନ୍ତି) grass.
Ladakh has (ର ଅଛି) cold climate (ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳବାୟୁ ଅନୁଭୂତ ହୁଏ ।).
Oil floats (ଭାସେ) on water.
Bad news travels (ବ୍ୟାପିଯାଏ) fast.
Water turns into (ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ) ice at 0°C.
A little learning is (ଅଟେ) a dangerous thing. (ଅଳ୍ପ ବିଦ୍ୟା ଭୟଙ୍କର ।)
This road goes (ଯାଇଛି) to Balasore.
The Ganga rises (ଉତ୍ପତ୍ତିଲାଭ କରିଛନ୍ତି) in the Himalayas.
We see with our eyes (ଦେଖୁ), hear (ଶୁଣୁ) with our ears and smell (ଶୁଘ୍ନ) with our nose.
Cuttack stands (ଅବସ୍ଥିତ) on the (କୂଳରେ) Mahanadi.

(iv) To express sports commentary (ଖେଳର ଧାରାବିବରଣୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Rajupasses the ball to Jitu and Jitu scores.
Sachin hits the ball to the boundary.

(v) (a) To express a planned future action, particularly when it refers to a journey.
(ଯୋଜନାବଦ୍ଧ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଯାତ୍ରା ଅର୍ଥରେ))
We leave (ଛାଡ଼ିବୁ) Delhi at 5 o’ clock tomorrow and arrive (ପହଞ୍ଚୁବୁ) in Kolkata the day after.

(b) To refer to future events, which are certain since they are fixed by calendar or time table or part of a fixed programme.
(କ୍ୟାଲେଣ୍ଡର ବା ସମୟ ସାରଣୀ ଆଦି ଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଘଟଣାବଳୀ ।)
The H.S.C Exam begins ( ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) on 25th February.
The test match starts ( ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) next week.

(vi) To express magic or some skill of making (ଯାଦୁ ଖେଳ ବା ତିଆରି କୌଶଳ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
I take (ନେଉଛି) two eggs and break (ଭାଙ୍ଗୁଛି) them into a bowl.
I take (ନେଉଛି) this card from the pack andplace it (ରଖୁଛି) under the handkerchief.

(vii) Used with the verb ‘says’ while quoting (ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ) from books or notices.
Keats says (କହିଛନ୍ତି), “A thing of beauty is joy forever.”
Newton says, “Every action has opposite and equal reaction”.

(viii) In exclamatory sentences, beginning with ‘here’ and ‘there’ to express the present continuous. (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟପାଇଁ Here ବା there ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ)
Here comes (is coming) Rama!
There goes (ବାଜୁଛି) our school bell!

(ix) In a dramatic narrative to describe past event (historic present)
(ଅତୀତ ଘଟଣାର ନାଟ୍ୟ ବିବରଣୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Alexander, the Great then invades ( ଆକ୍ରମଣ କଲେ; invaded) India.
After hearing the news of the meeting, the commander hurries (hurried; ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଗଲେ) to Mumbai.

(x) To express a fact that exists at the time of speaking
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କହିବା ସମୟରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ସତ୍ୟ ଘଟଣା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Do you hear (ଶୁଣିପାରୁଛ) me ?
I know (ଜାଣିପାରୁଛ) what you want.
Potatoes cost (ମୂଲ୍ୟରେ ବିକ୍ରି ହେଉଛି) Rs.10 a kilo.

(xi) To express a future action or state in clauses of ‘time’ and of ‘condition’
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣା ବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ‘ସମୟ’ ଓ ‘ସର୍ଗ’ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟରେ) :
Mohit will wait till the classes are over (ଶେଷ ହେବ).
Ifit rains (ବର୍ଷାହେବ), our class will be suspended.
We shall discuss (ଆଲୋଚନା କରିବୁ) the matter when you come back (ଫେରିଆସିବ),

(xii) Newspaper headlines or broadcast (ସମାଚାରପତ୍ର ମୁଖ୍ୟଶ ବା ଟିଭି ଖବର) :
Peace talks (ଶାନ୍ତି କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା) fail (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା).
The terrorists (ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ) escape (ଖସି ପଳାଇଗଲେ) from the jail.

(xiii) In some fixed interrogatives (କେତେକ ଚିରାଚରିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ)
Where do you come (ଆସିଛ) from ?
(Where are you coming from ?)
What makes you sad / laugh ? (ତୁମେ ଦୁଃଖୁତ / ହସୁଛ କାହିଁକି ?)
What brings you here ? (ତୁମେ / ତୁ ଏଠାକୁ ଆସିଛ / ଆସିଛୁ କାହିଁକି ?)
Why don’t you report the matter?

(xiv) Some declarations (କେତେକ ଘୋଷଣା) :
I declare (ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି)the meeting open.
I thank (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେଉଛି) you for your help.
I beg your pardon. (ତୁମଠାରୁ କ୍ଷମା ଚାହୁଁଛି)
We accept (ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି) your offer. r

Here actions complete instantly as soon as they are declared about. (ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ମାତ୍ରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧୂତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(xv) Present Simple with State verbs (ଅବସ୍ଥାସୂଚକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) (non-Progressive or without ‘ing’ form) :

(a) ‘Be’ (‘ହେବା’ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା verb)
‘be’: The boy is (ଅଟେ) naughty (ଦୁଷ୍ଟ).
exist (ସ୍ଥିତି) : Ghost exists (ଅଛି). (There are ghosts)
belong: This book belongs to Kamal. (is the property of)
consist: The committee consists (ଗଠିତି) of nine members, (is made up of)
resemble (ସାଦୃଶ୍ୟ): The child resembles his grandfather (is like)
cost: The book costs twenty rupees, (is equal in value to)

(b) ‘have’ (Possession) ଧାରଣ :
Father has landed property.
Mr Rath owns (ଅଧିକାରରେ ଅଛି) a Maruti Wagner.

(c) Verbs of perception / sense (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତି ପ୍ରକାଶକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) :
I see (ଦେଖୁଛି) a bird on the tree.
Honey tastes (ଲାଗେ) sweet.
He looks (ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି) tired.
Rose smells (ବାସୁଛି) sweet.

(d) Verbs of thinking:
I know (ଜାଣିଛି) this man.
Do you believe (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଛ) him ?
He remembers (ମନେପକାଉଛି) his childhood days.
Do they understand (ବୁଝୁଛନ୍ତି) this poem?
I think ( ଭାବୁଛି) the man is mad.
Some peopleforget (ଭୁଲିଯା’ନ୍ତି) everything.

(e) Verbs ofemotion or wish (ଆବେଗ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ପ୍ରକାଶକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା) :
Children love (ଭଲପାଆନ୍ତି) to play.
Everybody hates (ଘୃଣାକରନ୍ତି) lying (ମିଛ କହିବା).
Father likes his tea strong. (କଡ଼ା ଚା’ ଭଲ ପାଆନ୍ତି ।)
I hope (ଆଶା କରୁଛି) for the best.
Nobody wants (ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) to make friends with that bad man.

(f) Verbs of appearing (seem, appear, look, resemble):
The children appear (ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଛନ୍ତି) sad.
The girl seems (ଜଣାପଡୁଛି) very happy.

2. Present Progressive and its uses :
If the action of a verb continues or is in progress in the present and is incomplete at the moment of speaking, Present Progressive tense is used, (is /am/are + ‘ing’)

A. Declarative sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉଛି । – I am going.
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉଛୁ । – I We are going.
ତୁମ୍ଭେ/ ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି | – I You are going.
ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉଛି । – I He / Gopal is going.
ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି । – They / The children are going.

B. Declarative sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ । – I am not going.
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉନାହୁଁ । – We aren ’t going.
ତୁମେ / ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଆପଣ ଆପଣମାନେ ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ / ଯାଉନାହାନ୍ତି । – You aren’t going.
ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉନାହିଁ । – He / Gopal is not going.
ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉନାହାଁନ୍ତି । – They / The children aren ’t going.

C. Interrogative sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
ମୁଁ ଯାଉଛି କି ? – Am I going?
ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯାଉଛୁ କି ? – Are we going ?
ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛ ! ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ? – Are you going ?
ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଯାଉଛି କି ? – Is he Gopal going ?
ସେମାନେ । ପିଲାମାନେ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ? – Are they / the children going ?

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to express an action that is in progress at the time of speaking
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କହିବା ସମୟରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁଥିଲେ)
Mr Ashok is teaching (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି) us grammar now.
My mother is cooking (ରାନ୍ଧୁଛନ୍ତି) there.
What are the children doing (କରୁଛନ୍ତି)?

(ii) for an action that has started and is in progress, not necessarily at the time of speaking.
Mr Rath is writing (ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି) a novel, (though not writing at the time of speaking)
Hira’s brother is working (ଚାକିରି କରୁଛି) in a bank.
Mami is running (ଚଳାଉଛି) a music school.

(iii) to express a planned action for the future
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତପାଇଁ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ଏକ ଯୋଜନାବଦ୍ଧ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ)
He is going (ଯିବ) to Delhi tomorrow.
My father is giving (ଦେବେ) a dinner to his friends tomorrow.

(iv) with ‘always’, ‘constantly’ (UPQP), ‘regularly’ etc, to express a repeated action for the sense of disapproval (ବିରକ୍ତି, ଅଭିଯୋଗ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ always, ‘constantly’ ଆଦି କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ସହ ବାରମ୍ବାର ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
The ration dealer (ତେଜରାତି ଦୋକାନୀ) isn’t opening (ଖୋଲୁନାହିଁ) the shop regularly.
This dog is always barking (ଭୁକୁଛି) at the strangers.
My eldest brother is constantly shouting at (ଗାଳିଦେଉଛି) his children.
That man is always driving (ପୂରାଇ ଦେଉଛି) his cow into my garden.

(v) for the changing situations (ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଶୀଳ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ)
The weather is getting (ଅଧ‌ିକ ଶୀତ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି) colder.
Prices are rising (ବଢ଼ୁଛି) from day to day.
The population of India is increasing (ବଢ଼ୁଛି) very fast.

(vi) for a temporary situation deviated from the habitual activity
(କୌଣସି କାରଣପାଇଁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ବିଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥିବା ଅସ୍ଥାୟୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
We go to school at 9 a.m. everyday but we are going (ଯାଉଛୁ ) at 7 a.m.
Mr Mohanty goes to his office by scooter but now he is going ( ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି) by bicycle.

Activity-1

Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the verbs given in brackets: [You can use she or her if required.]
He _____________ (get) up early every day. He _______________ (brush) his teeth and _______________ (have) his bath. He _______________ (take) a quick breakfast. He ____________ (not want) to be punished at school. So, he _____________ (set out) early to reach school in time. He ___________ (sit) on the same bench in my classroom. He _____________ (have) straight hair and a sharp nose. What is his name?
Answers:
He gets (ଉଠେ) up early every day. He brushes (ବ୍ରଶୂକରେ) his teeth and has his bath (ସ୍ନାନକରେ). He takes (ଖାଏ) a quick breakfast. He doesn’t want (ଚାହେଁନାହିଁ) to be punished at school. So, he sets out (ବାହାରି ପଡ଼େ) early to reach school in time. He sits (ବସେ) on the same bench in my classroom. He has (ଅଛି) straight hair and a sharp nose. What is his name?

Activity- 2

Write the daily activity (ସବୁଦିନିଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of an animal, for example, a cow/dog/cat/tiger/horse or any other animal/bird. Don V mentions the name of the animal For example, Fm a domestic animal I have four legs and a long tail, etc. Let your friends guess what animal you have thought of.
Answers:
I’m an animal. People keep me (ରଖନ୍ତି) at home. But I watch their houses (ଜଗେ). I have (ଅଛି) a long body with a curved (ବଙ୍କା) tail (ଲାଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼). I have a sharp muzzle (ଥୋମଣି) with two hanging ears. I have a keen sense of hearing (ଶୁଣିବାର ପ୍ରଖର ଶକ୍ତି ଅଛି). My body is covered with fur (ଲୋମ). I have four long, slender (ପତଳା) legs. So I run (can run) (ଦୌଡ଼େ) quickly. When I see food, I wag (ହଲାଏ) my tail. I feed on (ଖାଏ) bread, rice, meat, biscuits, etc. I snarl ( ଭୀଷଣ ଭୁକେ) at the strangers. Then guess (ଅନୁମାନ କର) who I am (ଅଟେ).

Activity-3

Work in pairs, A and B. Yourpartner will tellyou some sentences that are wrong. Correct your partner. Then speak your sentences and let your partner correct you. In this way complete all the sentences and at the end, write down the corrected answers. ( ନିଜର ସାଥୀଙ୍କ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନିଜେ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଓ ନିଜ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସାଥୀଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ଠିକ୍ କରାଇ ସବୁ ବାକ୍ୟ ପୂରଣ କରି ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲେଖ ।)

Example:
A: Mr. Rao likes to eat fish. (ଭଲ ପା’ନ୍ତି)
B: No, he doesn ’t eat (ଖାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) fish. He is a vegetarian (ନିରାମିଷାଶୀ).

Wrong sentences for A:
Water freezes at 4°C.
Cuttack is the capital of Odisha.
The sun goes round the earth.
Viswanathan Anand plays football.
The Prime Minister of India lives in Mumbai.

Answer:
Right sentences for ‘A’ :
Waterfreezes (ବରଫରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ) at 0°C.
Bhubaneswar is (ଅଟେ) the capital of Odisha.
The earth goes (ପୂରେ) round the sun.
Viswanath Ananda plays (ଖେଳନ୍ତି) chess.
The Prime Minister of India lives (ବାସକରନ୍ତି) in New Delhi.

Wrong sentences for B :
Water floats on oil.
A rose is a kind of fruit.
Sachin Tendulkar plays hockey.
Vande Mataram is our National Anthem.
New York is the capital of the USA.

Answer:
Right sentences for ‘B’ :
Oilfloats (ଭାସେ) on water.
A rose is a kind of flower.
Sachin Tendulkar plays cricket.
Jana Gana ManaAdhi.. is our National Anthem (ଜାତୀୟ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
Washington DC is the capital of the U.S.A.

Activity-4

Work in pairs. Match the following sentences (1-6) with the uses of the present simple and present progressive (a-f).
1. I live in Sambalpur.
2. She’s staying with her aunt at the moment.
3. Toffees are very sweet.
4. His English is getting better all the time.
5. I usually go to school on foot.
6. Look. Two swans are carrying a tortoise

Present simple	Present Progressive
(a) General or scientific truths	(d) Something happening now
(b) Permanent state or permanent fact	(e) Something happening over a period of time
(c) Habitual action	(f) Temporary action

Answers:

1. I live in Sambalpur.	(c) Habitual action
2. She’s staying with her aunt at the moment.	(e) Something happening over a period of time
3. Toffees are very sweet.	(b) Permanent state or permanent fact
4. His English is getting better all the time	(e) Something happening over a period of time
5. I usually go to school on foot.	(c) Habitual action
6. Look. Two swans are carrying a tortoise.	(d) Something happening now

Activity- 5

Look out through the window. What do you see? Write three sentences about the things that you see. Read out and see who else has written one exactly like you. For today, you are special friends.
Answer:
I see a farmer going to the field.
I notice some girls pick flowers.
I watch a flight of birds in the sky.

Activity-6

Use either the PresentSimple or the Present Progressive to complete the dialogue.
Seema: Hello Lopa, what (you / do) these days?
Lopa: Nothing much. I (learn) how to dance in a dancing school. What about you?
Seema: Me? I (work) at a training school. The school (offer) lessons on cooking.
Lopa : (you /like) the job?
Seema: Yes, of course. I (prefer) this job because I (also learn) a lot how to cook while working here.
Lopa: What (they / teach) now?
Seema: Right now they (give) lessons on Chinese food. You know, Chinese dishes (taste) so good!
Lopa Can I join the classes someday?
Seema: Sure. They (want) more and more students to join their school. You are welcome.
Lopa: Thank you.
Answers:
Seema: Hello Lopa, what are you doing (କରୁଛୁ) these days?
Lopa: Nothing much. I am learning (ଶିଖୁଛି) how to dance in a dancing school. What about you?
Seema: Me? I am working (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି) at a training school. The school offers (ଶିକ୍ଷା ଦିଏ) lessons on cooking.
Lopa: Do you like (ଭଲ ପାଅ) the job?
Seema: Yes, of course. I prefer (ଭଲ ପାଉଛି) this job because I am always learning (ଶିଖୁଛି) a lot how to cook while working here.
Lopa: What are they teaching (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି) now?
Seema: Right now they are giving (ଶିଖାଉଛନ୍ତି) lessons on Chinese food. You know, Chinese dishes taste (ସ୍ଵାଦଲାଗେ) so good!
Lopa: Can I join the classes some day ?
Seema: Sure. They want (ଚାହୁଁଛନ୍ତି) more and more students to join their school. You are welcome.
Lopa: Thankyou

Ways of expressing Past Time

1. Present Perfect and its uses :
The Present Perfect tense is formed with has/have and the past participle form of the verb.
A. Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I have seen. (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁଛି ।)	We have seen. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖିଛୁ ।)
You have seen. (ତୁମେ / ଆପଣ ଦେଖୁଛ / ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।)	You have seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛ (ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
He / Gopal has seen. (ସେ । ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁଛି ।)	They / The children have seen. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

B. Negative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I have not seen. (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁନାହିଁ ।)	We haven’t seen. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହୁଁ ।)
You have not seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ ଦେଖୁନାହଁ ।)	You have not seen. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହଁ । ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁନାହାନ୍ତି ।)
He / Gopal has not seen. (ସେ ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁନାହିଁ।)	They / The children have not seen. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁ ନାହାନ୍ତି ।)

C. Interrogative sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) : (Yes-No question)

Singular	Plural
Have I seen ? (ମୁଁ ଦେଖୁଛି କି ?)	Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ?)
Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ?)	Have you seen ? (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛ କି ? / ଆପଣମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି କି ?)
Has he / Gopal seen ? (ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ ଦେଖୁଛି କି ?)	Have they / the children seen ? (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to express an experience, action in the immediate past (ନିକଟ ଅତୀତର ଅଭିଜ୍ଞତା ବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ)
I have seen (ଦେଖୁଛି) the Charminar city.
You have played (ଖେଳିଛୁ) well in today’s match.

(ii) to express an action which began in the past and is continuing upto the present moment. (ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ଘଟଣାପାଇଁ)
India has been free (ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ହେଲାଣି) since 1947.
He has been (ଅଛି) ill since last week.

(iii) for a habit in a period continuing till now (ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ଏକ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ପାଇଁ)
Malati has practised (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରୁଛି) classical music (ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ) for ten years.
Mohit has attended (ଯୋଗ ଦେଉଛି) the camp regularly.

(iv) to express an action completed in the past but having current relevance. (ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପ୍ରଭାବ ଥ‌ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
It has rained (ବର୍ଷା ହୋଇଛି) heavily. (The ground is wet now)
John has reported the matter to the police. (The culprit will be found out (ଦୋଷୀକୁ ଧରାଯିବ))
I have cut (କାଟିଦେଇଛି) my finger. (It is bleeding now. (ଏବେ ରକ୍ତ ବହୁଛି))

(v) used in the usages like ‘This is the first time’, ‘this is the second time’, etc.
This is the first time I have ever travelled (ଯାତ୍ରା କରୁଛି) on a flight.
This is the second time Meera has commited the mistake (ଭୁଲ୍ କରିଛି).

(vi) after a superlative.
It is the best (superlative) book I have ever come across.
She is the prettiest (superlative) girl I have ever seen (ଦେଖୁଛି).

(vii) with the adverbs like ‘today’, ‘this morning’, ‘this week’, ‘this year’, ‘this month’ when the periods are not over at the time of speaking.
Have you met the teacher today?
Have you been (ଯାଇଛ) to the hospital this morning? (within 12 noon)
I haven’t received (ପାଇନାହିଁ) any letter this week.

(viii) used with just, already, yet, recently, ever, never, so far, since, etc.
Have you ever been (ଯାଇଛ) to Chilika? (ever)
The guest hasn ‘t arrived(ଆସିନାହାନ୍ତି) yet. (yet).
I have met the person recently (ନିକଟରେ). (recently)
Nobody has ever told (କହିନାହାନ୍ତି) me lies so far.
Father has never seen a ghost (ଦେଖୁନାହାନ୍ତି) (never).

(ix) for an action which lasts throughout an incomplete action.
(for, since, all day/night/week, all my life, all the time, lately, recently)
He has been in London for two years. (He is still in London.)
I have always respected him. (I still respect him.)
We have waited all day. (We are still waiting.)

(x) to indicate a habit with when, before, after, etc.
I shall speak to you when I have finished my dinner.
Boys will play after they have done their homework.
I never go to bed before I have finished my home work.

(xi) Used “ever” in questions :
Have you ever been (ଯାଇଛ) to Nagpur?
Has she ever won (ଜିତିଛ) any reward?

2. Present Perfect Progressive :
Present Perfect Progressive tense is formed by the present perfect of the verb followed by present perfect (has/have + been + base form of the verb + ‘ing’)
Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) To express an action or event that began in the past and is still going on.
(ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)
Nihar has been studying (ପଢୁଛି) in this college for three years.
The children have been playing in the field for (ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି) two hours.

(ii) to express an act that was going since a recent point of time and whose result is still.
present. (ଅତୀତରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଏହାର ପ୍ରଭାବ / ଫଳାଫଳ ଥ‌ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
I feel cold because I have been swimming (ପହଁରୁଛି) for an hour.
Rekha is tired as she has been working (କାମ କରୁଛି) all the morning.

‘Past Tense refers to the past time action of the verb.

3. Simple Past:
The simple past tense in regular verbs is formed by adding d, ed, t etc. to the base form.
(base form + d / ed /1 = simple past tense)

A. Declarative Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I said. (ମୁଁ କହିଲି / କହିଥିଲି ।)	We said. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ / କହିଥିଲୁ ।)
You said. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ / ତୁମ୍ଭେ / ଆପଣ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲ)	You said. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ / କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ)
He / Gopal said. (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥିଲା)	They/ The children said. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନୋ କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ)

B. Negative Sentence (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
I didn’t say (ମୁଁ କହିଲି ନାହିଁ ।) ବା (ମୁଁ କହି ନଥୁଲି ।)	We didn’t say. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥୁଲୁ)
You didn’t not say. (ତୁମ୍ଭେ । ଆପଣ କହିଲ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥିଲେ ।)	You did not say. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ ନାହିଁ / କହିନଥିଲେ)
He / Gopal did not say. (ସେ / ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହି ନଥିଲା ।)	They / The children didn’t say. (ସେମାନେ / ପିଲାମାନେ କହିଲେ ନାହିଁ / କହି ନଥିଲେ)

C. Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :

Singular	Plural
Did I say? (ମୁଁ କହିଲି । କହିଥିଲି କି ? )	Did we say ? (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କହିଲୁ / କହିଥୁଲୁ କି ?)
Did you say? (ତୁମେ / ଆପଣ କହିଲେ / କହିଥିଲେ କି ?)	Did you say? (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ କହିଲ / କହିଥିଲ କି ?)
Did he  / Gopal say ? (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲା କି ?)	Did they / the children say ? (ସେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନେ ଖେଳିଲେ । ଖେଳିଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) For the completed actions in the past with the time adverbials like yesterday, last week/month/year/night, a few days/months/years ago, in 2010, etc. (ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ)
His father died (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) last year.
It rained (ବର୍ଷାହୋଇଥଲା) heavily last week.
Father had a bad headache a few days ago.

(ii) to denote a habitual or general action in the past but now terminated.
(ଅତୀତର ଅଭ୍ୟାସକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଏବେ ବନ୍ଦ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ)
We were (ଥିଲୁ) in Surat for seven years.
She studied (ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା) journalism (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକତା) when she was in Mumbai.

(iii) to describe a past habit (ଅତୀତର ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
The teacher always carried (ନେଉଥିଲେ) an umbrella.
Uncle often visited (ଦେଖା କରୁଥିଲେ) father.

(iv) historical or past event (ଐତିହାସିକ ବା ଅତୀତ ଘଟଣା)
Sepoy Mutiny (ସିପାହୀ ବିଦ୍ରୋହ) broke out (ଘଟିଥିଲା) in 1857.
Shakespeare wrote (ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ) for the Global Theatre.

(v) Of two actions completed in the past in a shorter period of time and first action leading to the second. (ଅତୀତରେ ଅଳ୍ପ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ୨ଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭିତରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପରେ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସଙ୍ଗେସଙ୍ଗେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ)
When the train stopped, I jumped off.
The girl turned off (ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲା) the TV when her father came (ଆସିଲେ).

(vi) Used in subordinate clauses to refer to something desirable or an unreal state of things.
I wish I knew his name.
If I were you, I would buy that property. (Present time)

(vii) For polite enquiries with verbs hope, think or wonder (ନାମସୂଚକ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
I wonder if you would lend me that book.
I hope he would excuse me.

4. Past Progressive / Continuous :
The Past Continuous / Progressive tense is formed by the past tense of the verb ‘be’ (was/were) followed by the present participle (‘ing’) of the verb

Singular	Plural
I was eating. ( ମୁଁ ଖାଉଥଲି ।)	We were eating. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଖାଉଥଲୁ ।)
You weren’t eating. (ତୁମେ ଖାଉ ନଥୁଲ ।)	You weren’t eating. (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ / ଆପଣମାନେ ଖାଉ ନଥୁଲ ।)
Was Gopal eating? (ଗୋପାଳ ଖାଉଥିଲା କି ?)	Were they eating? (ସେମାନେ ଖାଉଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) to describe an action in progress over a period of time in the past
(ଅତୀତରେ ଚାଲିଥୁବା ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
The children were playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ) all the afternoon.
She was writing letters all the morning.

(ii) to describe an action in progress at a point of time in the past
(ଅତୀତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରେ ଚାଲିଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
I was having (ଖାଉଥଲି) my breakfast at 7 A.M.
What were you doing (କରୁଥିଲୁ) when father called on you?

(iii) repeated action with ‘always’ causing annoyance to the speaker.
(ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବିରକ୍ତି ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଅତୀତର ବାରମ୍ବାର ଘଟୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ‘always’ ସହିତ)
The child was always biting (କାମୁଡୁଥୁଲା) her nails.
Rama was always playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲା) chess during the vacation.
Grandfather was always losing (ହଜାଇଦେଉଥ୍ଲେ) his walking stick.

(iv) to describe two or more parallel actions going on at the same time
(ଅତୀତରେ ସମାନ୍ତରାଳ ଭାବେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା ୨ଟି ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧୁକା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
He was listening while I was talking.
Amit was watching the TV, while Sunlit was doing his homework.

(v) The Past Progressive and the simple Past are used together to say that something was happening when something also happened. (ଅତୀତରେ କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁଥିଲା ବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ)
I was reading (ପଢୁଥୁଲି) when my friend arrived (ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ).
It was raining (ବର୍ଷା ହେଉଥିଲା) when the wind blew (ବହିଲା).

5. Past perfect :
This is formed with ‘had + Past participle of the verb’.
‘go’ – had gone
‘talk’ – had talked
‘sing’ – had sung

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(i) When the subject or the narrator looks back at an earlier action from a certain point in the past. (ଅତୀତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରୁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାକାରୀ ପୂର୍ବ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଚାହିଁଥିଲେ)
Dinesh was eighteen when his career started. His parents had died three years before and since then he had lived alone.

(ii) Out of the two actions of the past past perfect for earlier action and simple past for the later action. (ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ୨ଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Past Perfect ଓ ପରବର୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ Past Simple ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)
When we reached the station, the train had left. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଷ୍ଟେସନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ଚାଲିଯାଇଥଲା ।)
Her old father had died by the time she reached home. (ସେ ଘରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ବେଳକୁ ତାହାର ବୁଢ଼ା ବାପା ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ ।)

(iii) to express a hypothetical (supposed) condition.
If he hadgone to the station, he would have averted the mishap. (ସେ ଯଦି ଷ୍ଟେସନକୁ ଯାଇଥାନ୍ତା, ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାକୁ ଏଡ଼ାଇ ପାରିଥାନ୍ତା ।)
Surabhi would have got a first class if she had studied hard. (ଯଦି କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପଢ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତା ସୁରଭି ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲାଭ କରିଥାନ୍ତା ।)

(iv) In the Reported speech to talk about things that had already happened at the time of talking. (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଅତୀତରେ କହିଲାବେଳେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଘଟିଯାଇଥଲେ)
Saurav told me that he had met my father. (ମୋ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖା କରିଛି / ଦେଖା କରିଥିଲା ବୋଲି ସୌରଭ ମୋତେ କହିଲା ।)
The teacher asked Ritesh where he had gone. (ସେ କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲା ବୋଲି ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରିତେଶକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)

(v) Used afer the verb ‘wish 9 to express an impossibility. (ଅସମ୍ଭବ ଅର୍ଥରେ verb ‘wish’ ପରେ)
I wish he had rung me. (didn’t ring)
I wish our Headmaster had suspended the school. (didn’t suspend)

(vi) Used with as soon as, the moment, immediately, till, until, before in the Time clause.
As soon as he had completed the work, he left.
The moment (ଯେଉଁ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ) the war had been declared (ଘୋଷଣା କରାଗଲା),, the price of oil went up (ବଢ଼ିଗଲା).
The emploee had immediately challenged his boss.
Mohan was refused payment untill he had finished his work.

(vii) In the clauses beginnning with ‘as ‘if’ or ‘as though’
Nabin spoke English as ifhe had come from England (ସତେଯେପରି ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡରୁ ଆସିଥିଲା).
The beggar looked (ଦେଖାଯାଉଥ୍ଲା) as if he hadn ’t eaten anything for a week. (ସତେଯେପରି ସପ୍ତାହ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ କିଛି ଖାଇ ନଥୁଲା)

(viii) With ‘after’ in the Time clause.
After Guru hadfailed (ଫେଲ୍ ହେବାପରେ) in the examination, he became upset.

(ix) To describe an action or event in the past which denotes cause for later action in the past. (ଅତୀତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ଘଟଣା ଯାହା ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର କାରଣ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ ।)
The girl was nervous because she had never danced before.
I got the highest mark for (because) I hadanswered all the questions correctly.

6. Past Perfect Continuous :
This is formed with ‘had been’ + Present Participle of the verb.

Singular	Plural
I had been eating. (ମୁଁ ଖାଉଥଲି । )	We had been eating. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଖାଇଥିଲୁ)
Gopal hadn’t been eating. (ଗୋପାଳ ଖାଉ ନଥିଲା ।)	They hadn’t been eating. (ସେମାନେ ଖାଉ ନଥିଲେ ।)
Had the girl been eating? (ସୋ ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା / କହିଥୁଲା କି ?)	Had the children been eating? (ପିଲାମାନେ ଖାଉଥିଲେ କି ?)

Uses (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
to describe the earlier of the two actions in the past when the earlier action continued upto the time of the beginning of the second or later action (ଅତୀତର ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ବା ପରବର୍ତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବହୁ ସମୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚାଲିଥିଲେ)
My friend Bikash had been waiting for hours (ଘଣ୍ଟାଘଣ୍ଟା ଧରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲା) when I opened the door.
The workers had been digging (ମାଟି ଖୋଳୁଥିଲେ) for six months before they found petrol.
He was tired because he had been working (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲା) since dawn (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁଷରୁ).

Activity – 1

Complete the following conversation, using either the past simple or the present perfect form of the verb given in brackets.
Ashok : What are these people doing here? What (happen)?
Bini : There (be) an accident.
Ashok : An accident? What (happen) exactly?
Bini : A cat (run) across the road in front of a car. The driver (try) to apply the brake and (hit) the tree on the side of the road.
Ashok : When (it happen)?
Bini : About ten minutes ago.
Ashok : (anyone call) for an ambulance?
Bini : No, not yet. But the police (arrive). They will take care of that.
Ashok : This is the second accident we (have) here this week.
Bini : We should have a road hump here.
Answers:
Ashok : What are these people doing here? What has happened (ଘଟିଛି)?
Bini : There is (ହୋଇଯାଇଛି) an accident.
Ashok : An accident? What has happened (ଘଟିଛି) exactly?
Bini : A cat ran (ମାଡ଼ିଗଲା) across the road in front of a car. The driver tried (ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲା) to apply the brake and hit (ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଗଲା) the tree on the side of the road.
Ashok : When did it happen (ଘଟିଲା)?
Bini : About ten minutes ago.
Ashok : Has any one called for (ଡକାଇଛନ୍ତି) an ambulance?
Bini : No, not yet. But the police have arrived (ପହଞ୍ଚି ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି). They will take care of that.
Ashok : This is the second accident we have had (ଏଠାରେ ଘଟିଛି) here this week.
Bini : We should have a road hump here.

Activity – 2

Make sentences using the present perfect progressive tense form of the verbs.
Mr Das is very tired. (work hard)
Answer:
Mrs Das has been working hard.

Mr Das looks pale. (not feel well / all day)
Answer:
Mr Das hasn’t been feeling well all day.

Their son Ashok has got a headache. (watch TV / all evening)
Answer:
Their son Ashok has been watching TV all evening.

Their daughter Bini has got no money left. (buy clothes)
Answer:
Their daughter Bini has been buying clothes.

They are sitting idle and can’t do anything. (rain / since the evening)
Answer:
There has been raining since the evening.

Activity – 3

One sentence in each of the following pairs is wrong. Strike it off.

1.	I can go home now.	I have finished my class work. I have been finishing my class work.
2.	You look tired.	Have you worked in the garden? Have you been working in the garden?
3.	Tell the truth.	Have you broken the window? Have you been breaking the window?
4.	Your eyes are red.	You have cried. You have been crying.
5.	Now you can live in that room.	We have repaired the roof. We have been repairing the roof.

Answers :
1. I have been finishing my class work, (✗)
2. Have you worked in the garden ? (✗)
3. Have you been breaking the window? (✗)
4. You have cried. (✗)
5. We have been repairing the roof (✗)

Activity – 4

Fill in the blanks with the past simple or present perfect forms of the verbs given in brackets.
Rahul : ________ (you / see) Jagu last night?
Bakul : No, but I ________(just come) from his house. He’s in bed. He ________ (be) very ill for the last three days, actually.
Rahul : I’m sorry to hear that. So that’s why he ________ (not come) to the party last night.
Bakul : The doctor ________ (see) him twice by now. He’s coming again tomorrow. Oh, by the way, Jagu ________ (send) your book.
Answers:
Rahul : Did you see (ଦେଖୁଥୁଲୁ) Jagu last night?
Bakul : No. but I have just come (ଆସିଛି) from his house. He’s in bed. He has been very ill for the last three days, actually.
Rahul : I’m sorry to hear that. So that’s why he didn’t come (ଆସିନଥୁଲା) to the party last night.
Bakul : The doctor has seen (ଦେଖ୍ ସାରିଛନ୍ତି) him twice by now. He’s coming again tomorrow. Oh, by the way, Jagu has sent (ପଠାଇଛି) your book.

Activity – 5

Combine the given sentences into single ones using the past perfect or the past simple forms of the verbs.
The alarm clock rang. I woke up = As soon as ________
Answer:
As soon as the alarm clock rang, I woke up.

I cleaned my teeth. I took bath = After I ________
Answer:
After I had cleaned my teeth, I took bath.

I got dressed. I had breakfast. = When ________
Answer:
When I had had breakfast, I got dressed.

I brushed my teeth again. I looked at my watch. = When ________
Answer:
When I looked at my watch, I brushed my teeth.

I looked at my watch. I realized I was late = When ________
Answer:
When I looked at my watch, I realized that I had been late.

I arrived at the school. I remembered it was Sunday = When ________
Answer:
When I arrived at the school, I remembered that it was Sunday.

Activity – 6

Work in pairs A and B. Without showing your sentences to your partner, you write five sentences using the past perfect tense of verbs. You must put before the sentences an expression like as soon as/when/by the time/after. In the meantime, your partner writes five sentences using the past simple tense of verbs. After writing the sentences, show each other the sentences and try to combine them. When the teacher asks you, go and write the combined sentences on the blackboard. (All the sentences may not combine.)
(ତୁମେ as soon as/when/by the time/after ଆଦିରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରି Past simple ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗ Past perfect tense କୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବାକୁ କହି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ୫ଟି ଲେଖାଏଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଲେଖ ।)

Example:
As soon as he had watered the plants
It started to rain. / The teacher asked me a question (can’t combine)

Example :
As soon as he had watered the plants, it started to rain. (ଗଛରେ ଜଳ ଦେବା ମାତ୍ରେ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।)

The individual sentences are :
The bell rang. Then the pupils stood for the prayer.
Answer:
When the bell had rung, the pupils stood for the prayer.

Father had a cup of tea. He set to work then.
Answer:
After father had had a cup of tea, he set to work.

The patient died. The doctors had come by then.
Answer:
The patient had died by the time the doctors came.

The rabbit woke up. Before that the tortoise had touched the finishing point.
Answer:
When the rabbit woke up, the tortoise had touched the finishing point.

The meeting ended. Only then did the people return home.
Answer:
After the meeting had ended, the people returned home.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks using the past simple or the past progressive forms of the verbs given in brackets.
Once when I ________ (read) in my room, I ________ (hear) a lot of noise outside. I ________ (come) out and ________ (see) that many people ________ (run) in a particular direction. They ________ (shout) at the top of their voice. They all ________ (have) buckets and water pots in their hands. I ________ (ask) them what the matter was. Somebody ________ (point) at a house at the end of our village. I ________ (see) that the house ________ (burn). People ________ (throw) water at the house in order to put out the fire. Very soon the fire ________ (come) under control.
Answers:
Once when I was reading (ପଢୁଥୁଲି) in my room, I heard (ଶୁଣିଲି) a lot of noise outside. I came out (ବାହାରି ଆସିଲି) and saw (ଦେଖୁଲି) that many people were running (ଦୌଡ଼ୁଥିଲେ) in a particular direction. They were shouting (ଚିତ୍କାର କରୁଥିଲେ) at the top of their voice. They all had (ହାତରେଥିଲା) buckets and water pots in their hands. I asked (ପଚାରିଲି) them what the matter was. Somebody pointed (ଅଙ୍ଗୁଳି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କଲା) at a house at the end of our village. I saw (ଦେଖଲି) that the house was burning (ଜଳି ଯାଉଥିଲା). People were throwing (ଫିଙ୍ଗୁଥିଲେ) water at the house in order to put out the fire. Very soon the fire came (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣକୁ ଆସିଲା) under control.

Activity – 8

Use the past progressive or the past simple forms of the given verbs and rewrite the paragraph.
(Past progressive ବା past simple ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
I (walk) along the street one day when I (see) something strange. I (notice) a person of the same height as me and (have) the same hairstyle. He (wear) clothes of the same colour and (carry) a school bag just as mine. He (just/cross) the road ahead of me but he (not / avoid) me at all. I (be) sure of that. As he (go across) the road, I (follow) him.
Answers:
I was walking (ଚାଲିକରି ଯାଉଥୁଲି) along the street one day when I saw (ଦେଖୁଲି) something strange. I noticed (ଦେଖୁଲି) a person of the same height as me and had (ଥିଲା) the same hairstyle. He wore clothes of the same colour and was carrying a school bag just as mine. He was just crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ଯାଉଥୁଲା) the road ahead of me but he didn’t avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିଲା ନାହିଁ) me at all. I was (ଥୁଲି) sure of that. As he went across (ଗଲା) the road, I followed (ଅନୁସରଣ କଲି) him.

Activity – 9

Complete the following dialogue using the ‘past perfect’ or the ‘past perfect progressive’
forms of the verbs given in brackets. (ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ସମାପ୍ତ କର ।)
Federer : My best moment in the match was when I realized that the game (finish) and I (become) the champion. I (win) at last. At that moment I (become) the best Tennis player of the world.
Reporter : And when you won, how long (you / play) Tennis?
Federer : I started just before I finished school. That means, I (play) for about six years when I won the Wimbledon.
Reporter : You (beat) some good players before you won that tournament.
Federer : Yes. Ever since I started as a Tennis professional, I (win) games regularly, until my injury.
Answers:
Federer : My best moment in the match was when I realized that the game had finished and I had become the champion. I won at last. At that moment I had become the best Tennis player of the world.
Reporter : And when you won, how long had you been playing (ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ) Tennis?
Federer : I started just before I finished school. That means, I had been playing (ଖେଳୁଥୁଲି) for about she years when I won the Wimbledon.
Reporter : You had beaten (ପରାସ୍ତ କରିଥିଲ) some good players before you won that tournament.
Federer : Yes. Ever since I started as a Tennis professional, I had been winning (ଜିତୁଥୁଲି) games regularly, until my injury.

Ways of expressing the Future Time
Anita : Say, Bini, what are you doing (କରିବୁ) this afternoon?
Would you like (ଚାହୁଁଛୁ) to go shopping with me?
Binita : Oh, sorry, I can’t. I’m going to finish (ଶେଷ କରିବି) my homework before the evening.
My uncle and aunt are coming (ଆସିବେ) to our house.
Anita : You will help your mother, (ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବୁ) won’t you?
Binita : Of course. Moreover, my uncle’s little son loves me so much. We are going to play (ଖେଳିବୁ) together.
Anita : That will be great (ଚମତ୍କାର କଥା ହେବା). Bye (ବିଦାୟ). Have a nice time.

The verbs underlined are in Present tense form but they expresses future time.

The ‘Future’ means future-time-related actions.
(The ‘Future’ ର ଅର୍ଥ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ସମୟ ସଂପର୍କୀୟ ଆଧାରିତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ।)

We mainly use the following verb forms to indicate the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ।)
(i) Be going to + Main verb in the base form.
We are going to meet the President tomorrow.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତିଙ୍କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରିବୁ।)

(ii) Present Continuous/ Progressive ( Be verb isl ami are + Main Verb in the “mg” form)
I am building a house very soon. (ଶୀଘ୍ର ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଘର ତୋଳିବି।)

(iii) Present Simple
Our examination starts tomorrow. (ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲିଠାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ।)

(iv) Will/shall + Main Verb in the base form.
I shall/will go home next week. ( ମୁଁ ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ଘରକୁ ଯିବି।)
ଏହି ଚାରୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆଧାରିତ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ଚାରୋଟି forms; ଯଥା – are going to (ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରିବି), am building (ତୋଳିବି), starts (ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ) ଏବଂ shall/will go (ଯିବି) ଦିଆଯାଇଛି।

Let’s see how these four forms of verbs are used to denote different future actions.
(ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ୪ ଟି verb forms କିଭଳି ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ future action ବା ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର।)

1. Be (is/am/are) going to + Main Verb in the base form.
Use (ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
(a) To talk about the future fulfillment of a present plan or intention.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଯୋଜନା ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ପୂରଣ ହେବା ବିଷୟରେ କହିଲେ)
Examples :
(i) am going to visit my parents tomorrow. ( ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ମୁଁ ମୋ ବାପା ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକରିବି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘ଦେଖାକରିବା’ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଏକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ଏହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଇଚ୍ଛା ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ।)

(ii) What are you going to do in the afternoon ? (ତୁମେ ଆଜି ଅପରାହ୍ନରେ କ’ଣ କରିବ ?)
(ଏଠାରେ ଅପରାହ୍ନର କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଇଚ୍ଛା ବା ଯୋଜନା ସଂପର୍କରେ ପଚରା ଯାଇଛି ।)

(b) To talk about a future fulfilment of a present cause or indication
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର କୌଣସି ବାହ୍ୟ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି (external condition) ବା କାରଣକୁ ଆଧାର କରି ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ସୂଚିତ କରାଗଲେ)
Examples :
(i) The sky is cloudy. It is going to rain soon.
(ଆକାଶଟି ମେଘୁଆ ଅଟେ । ଶୀଘ୍ର ବର୍ଷା ହେବ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ର ମେଘୁଆ ପାଗରୁ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା କରାଯାଉଛି ।)

(ii) You are late. You are going to miss the train.
(ତୁମର ଡେରି ହୋଇଗଲାଣି । ତୁମେ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ହରାଇବ ।)
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ହରାଇବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଡେରି ହେବାରୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ।)

(iii) Look, the man is going to fall. (He has lost his balance on the rope.)
(ଚାହଁ, ଲୋକଟି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ପଡ଼ିଯିବ । )
(ଏଠାରେ ଲୋକଟିର ପଡ଼ିଯିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା, ତା’ର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ।)

(iv) Run! The bull is going to attack you. (ଦୌଡ଼! ଷଣ୍ଢଟି ତୁମକୁ ଆକ୍ରମଣ କରିବ ।)

2. Present Progressive (Is/ am / are + Main Verb in the ‘ing’ form)
Use :
(a) To talk about plans or arrangement made for a particular time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପାଇଁ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ଯୋଜନା ବା ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ସଂପର୍କରେ କୁହାଗଲେ ) Examples :
(i) We are having a picnic tomorrow. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଏକ ବଣଭୋଜି କରିବୁ ।)
(We have already arranged for it)

(ii) Tomorrow is Sunday. I am taking the children to the Zoo.
(ଆସନ୍ତା କାଲି ରବିବାର । ମୁଁ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଶୁଉଦ୍ୟାନ ବୁଲାଇ ନେବି ।)
(ଯୋଜନା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ)

(iii) Smita is returning by train next week. (ସ୍ମିତା ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ରେ ଫେରିବ ।)

3. Present Simple (Is/am/are/take/takes)
Use :
(a) To talk about future events which are on a timetable or are part of a fixed plan or arrangement.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଯଦି ସମୟ ନିର୍ଘଣ୍ଟ ଆଧାରିତ ବା ଧାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟସୂଚୀର ଅଂଶ ବିଶେଷ ହୋଇଥଲେ, ସେହିଭଳି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ verb ର Present Simple tense form ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Tomorrow is a holiday. (ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି ଏକ ଛୁଟିଦିନ ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) The Shatabdi Express leaves Kolkata at 8 p.m. today.
(ଆଜି ଶତାବ୍ଦୀ ଏକ୍‌ସପ୍ରେସ୍ ରାତି ୮ ଟାରେ କଲିକତା ଛାଡ଼ିବ । (ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ସୂଚୀ))
(iii) What time does the game begin?
(ଖେଳ କେତେବେଳେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ?)

4. Shall/Will+ base form of the Main Verb
Use :
(A) For a statement of future facts.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଘଟୁଥିବା (ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ) କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ shall / will + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) This work will take me two weeks to finish. (take = Main Verb/ base form)
(ଏହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟିକୁ ଶେଷ କରିବାକୁ ମୋତେ ୨ ସପ୍ତାହ ସମୟ ଲାଗିବ ।)

(ii) shall be sixteen next week. (be = Main Verb/ base form)
(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୋତେ ୧୬ ବର୍ଷ ହେବ ।)

(iii) The train will be late by half an hour. (be Main Verb / base form)
(ଟ୍ରେନ ଅଧଘଣ୍ଟା ପାଇଁ ଡେରି ହେବ ।)

(B) Shall / Will + Main Verb is used with the expressions ‘I hope/We expect/I feel/Probably/Perhaps etc. to denote one’s hope/thought etc. for future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ପାଇଁ ଆଶା, ଭାବନା, ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ; ଯଥା, I hope/We except/I feel/will + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) I think you will feel better after a rest.
( ମୁଁ ଭାବୁଛି ତୁମେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ପରେ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ ।)
(ii) Probably they will leave this place soon.
(ସମ୍ଭବତଃ ସେମାନେ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଛାଡ଼ିବେ ।)
(iii) I’m afraid she won’t agree to your proposal.
(ମୋର ଆଶଙ୍କା ସେ ତୁମର ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବରେ ରାଜି ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(C) For expressing a sudden decision taken at the moment of speaking.
(କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନରେ ତତ୍‌କ୍ଷଣାତ୍‌ ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ )
Examples :
(i) The phone is ringing . I’ll answer it. (ଫୋନ୍ ବାଜୁଛି । ମୁଁ ଧରୁଛି ।)
(ii) Wait a minute. I’ll will come you. (ଏକ ମିନିଟ୍ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର । ମୁଁ ତୁମ ସହିତ ଯାଉଛି ।)
(ii) Kamala: Please don’t tell this to others.
(କମଳା : ଦୟାକରି ଏହା କାହାକୁ କହିବନି ।)
Sushree: Ok, I won’t tell anybody about i
(ସୁଶ୍ରୀ : ଠିକ୍ ଅଛି, ମୁଁ ଏହା ବିଷୟରେ କାହାକୁ କିଛି କହିବିନି ।)

Remember the differences (ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ମନେରଖ )
1. (a) ’m sure it will rain today. (ମୁଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଆଜି ବର୍ଷା ହେବ ।)
(a prediciton based on personal assessment)
(ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଆକଳନ ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ପୂର୍ବାନୁମାନ)
(b) The sky is cloudy. It is going to rain today.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ବା ସୂଚନା ଆଧାରିତ ଭବିଷ୍ୟବାଣୀ)
(a prediction based on present indication)

2. (a) ’m going to learn English soon.
(ମୁଁ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁ ।)
(It is my plan or intention = ଏହା ମୋର ଯୋଜନା ବା ଇଚ୍ଛା ଅଟେ ।)
(b) am learning English soon. (ମୁଁ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁ ।)
(I have arranged for it = ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଶିଖୁବାର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛି ।)

5. The Future Progressive
Shall/will be + the Main Verb in the ‘ing’ form
Use :
We use the ‘Future Progressive’ to say about an action that will be going on at a particular time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପରିଧ୍ଵ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Future Progressive ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
Sushree : Can I see you at 1.45 sir ?
(ସୁଶ୍ରୀ : ସାର୍‌, ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟାଏ ପଇଁଚାଳିଶ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଦେଖା କରିପାରିବି ?)
Mr Pradhan : No, don’t come then. I will be having my lunch at that time.
(ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ପ୍ରଧାନ : ନା, ସେତେବେଳେ ଆସନା । ମୁଁ ସେତେବେଳେ ମୋର ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଥିବି ।)

The film begins at six and ends at nine.
(ଫିଲ୍ମଟି ଛ’ଟାରେ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ନ’ଟାରେ ଶେଷ ହୁଏ ।)
We will be watching the film tomorrow at seven.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ସାତଟାରେ ଫିଲ୍ମଟିକୁ ଦେଖୁଥିବୁ ।)

6. Future Perfect
Will/shall have + Main Verb in the past participle
Use :
We use the ‘Future Perfect’ to talk about something that will be finished before a time in the future.
(ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଶେଷ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ Future Perfect ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(Here ‘by + time expression’ is used. = (ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ by + time expression ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
I am saving money for a scooter.
(ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍କୁଟର ପାଇଁ ଟଙ୍କା ସଂଚୟ କରୁଛି । )
I will have saved enough for it by the end of this year.
(ଏଇ ବର୍ଷ ଶେଷ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ମୁଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ସଂଚୟ କରି ଦେଇଥିବି ।)
I will have finished reading the book by then.
(ମୁଁ ସେତେବେଳେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ବହିଟି ପଢ଼ି ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇ ଥୁବି ।)

Activity – 1

Use shall/will in the blank spaces :
(i) A friend is trying to move a heavy table. You say, “ ________ I give you a hand ?”
Answer:
A friend is trying to move a heavy table. You say, “Shall I give you a hand ?”

(ii) “There is a lot of cleaning to do. You do the cleaning and I ________ do the drying. ”
Answer:
“There is a lot of cleaning to do. You do the cleaning and I will do the drying.”

(iii) A friend is carrying a lot of books to the library. You are going there anyway. You say, “I ________ take them there if you like. ”
Answer:
A friend is carrying a lot of books to the library. You are going there anyway. You say, “I shall take them there if you like. ”

(iv) I ________ go and ask the clerk if he has a spare key.
Answer:
I shall go and ask the clerk if he has a spare key.

Activity – 2

Work in small groups and write a four-line poem. Your first line should be one of the following expressions. The other three lines must be your creation and must start with I’ll. The lines need not rhyme.
# When I’m old and gray,
# When I go to college,
# When I wake up tomorrow,
# When I become famous,
# When I win a prize next,
# When father pats me on the back (tomorrow),
Answer:
When I wake up tomorrow,
I’ll rush to my little garden;
I’ll play with the little butterfly;
I’ll hope with weaver-bird.

Activity – 3

In each of thefollowing pairs ofsentences, one is more natural and common. Cross out the more unusual ones (ଭୁଲ୍ ବା ଅସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାଟିପକାଅ)
(i) Leave that. (I’ll carry it./I’m going to carry it) for you.
Answer:
I am going to carry it (✗)

(ii) Bye. (I’ll see you/I’m going to see you) tomorrow.
Answer:
I’m going to see you (✗)

(iii) (I’ll post/I’m going to post) these letters for you if you like.
Answer:
I’m going to post (✗)

(iv) I’m so tired. (I’ll go/I’m going to go) to bed.
Answer:
I’m going to go (✗)

(v) I’m so far behind with my studies that (I’ll work/I’m going to work) next Sunday.
Answer:
I’ll work (✗)

Activity – 4

Two friends Nilu and Chinu are leaving school together. Their parents have gone to their village. Some of the lines of their conversation are correct and some have mistakes. If a line is correct, put a tick mark. If a line has a mistake in it, underline the mistake and write the correct expression against the brackets. (ଠିକ୍ ଧାଡ଼ି ପାଇଁ (✓) ଚିହ୍ନ ଓ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧାଡ଼ି ପାଇଁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ଏହାର ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ବନ୍ଧନୀ ଭିତରେ ଲେଖ)
Where will you eat tonight ? (1)
Answer:
Where will you eat tonight ? (1) (✓)

At home, I’ve got a cookery book, so I’ll make a curry. (2)
Answer:
At home, I’ve got a cookery book, so I’ll make a curry. (2)
Correct : I’m going to make a curry.

Why not come to my place? I’m going to cook us both something. (3)
Answer:
Why not come to my place? I’m going to cook us both something. (3)
Correct : I will cook something for both of us.

Won’t you go to meet your Grandpa? (4)
Answer:
Won’t you go to meet your Grandpa? (4)
Correct : Aren’t you going to meet your Grandpa?

No, he’s left for the village. I’m not going to meet him for a month or so. (5)
Answer:
No, he’s left for the village, I’m not going to meet him for a month or so. (5) (✓)

O.K.I’m going to come round at 8 and I’ll bring some ice-cream. (6)
Answer:
O.K. I’m going to come round at 8 and I’ll bring some ice-cream. (6)
Correct : I’ll come round at 8 and I’ll bring ice cream.

Fine. I’ll see you then. (7)
Answer:
Fine. I’ll see you then. (7) (✓)

Activity – 5

Use in the blank spaces will/shall, be going to, or present progressive forms of he verbs given in brackets, (will/shall, be going to ବା present progressive form ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

Mina : Would you like to come to watch a movie this weekend?
Nina : I’d like to, but I’m afraid ________ (I/not/have) time.
Mina : Why? ________ (what / do)
Nina : Well, (my father/arrive) back from Delhi. He’s been there for six months and ________ (we/have) a big party to celebrate.
Mina : ________ (he/not/be) too tired for a party after his long train journey?
Nina : Yes and no doubt ________ (he/have) no proper food during the journey. So, on Saturday he can take it easy. But on Sunday, ________ (all the family/come) on a picnic. ________ (I/prepare) things all day on Saturday.
Mina : What a lot of work for you.
Nina : I don’t mind. Other members of my family are helpful and we are well organized. In fact, ________ (I/see) someone about hiring a cook this afternoon. So, I must go now or ________ (I/not/get) to their shop before ________ (they/close).
Mina : I hope ________ (everything/go) well for you.
Nina : I’m sure ________ (it/be) a great day. Provided ________ (the weather/remain) fine.
Answers:
Mina : Would you like to come to watch a movie this weekend?
Nina : I’d like to. but I’m afraid I won’t have time.
Mina : Why ? What are you going to do? (କ’ଣ କରିବୁ).
Nina : Well, my father is arriving (ପହଞ୍ଚେବେ) back from Delhi. He’s been there for six months and we’re having (ଭୋଜିଦେବୁ) a big party to celebrate.
Mina : Won’t he be tired too for a party after his long train journey?
Nina : Yes and no doubt he will have no proper food during the journey. So. on Saturday he can take it easy. But on Sunday, all the family are coming on a picnic. I am preparing/am going to prepare (ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିବି) things all day on Saturday.
Mina : What a lot of work for you.
Nina : I don’t mind. Other members of my family are helpful and we are well organized. In fact, I will see someone about hiring a cook this afternoon. So, I must go now or I won’t get to their shop before they are closed.
Mina : I hope everything will go well for you.
Nina : I’m sure it will be a great day. Provided the weather remains fine.

Activity – 6

Copy your time-table for next Thursday. On the basis of that write five sentences to mention what you are going to do that day. Compare your sentences with those of your friend’s. (ଆସନ୍ତା ଗୁରୁବାର ପାଇଁ ତୁମର ସମୟ ନିର୍ଘଣ୍ଟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।) (ସେ ଦିନ କ’ଣ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଉଛ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କର ।)
I’m participating (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବି) in a drawing competition in my school.
I’m monitoring the class after the class.
I’m collecting (ଆଦାୟ କରିବି) money for giving farewell to our headmaster.
I’m going (ଯିବି) to the market with my friends to buy a few things.
I’m joining (ଯୋଗଦେବି) the birthday party of my friend Jatin in the evening.

Activity – 7

Use either will be v-ing or will have v-en in the blank spaces in the following lines. The verbs have been given in brackets.
(i) Our school closes at 4.30. I ________ (take) some snacks at home at five o’clock.
Answer:
Our school closes at 4.30. I will be taking (ଖାଉଥିବି) some snacks at home at five o’clock.

(ii) Our school closes at 4.30. I ________ (reach) home by five o’clock.
Answer:
Our school closes at 4.30. I will have reached (ପହଞ୍ଚିଯାଇଥିବି) home by five o’clock.

(iii) They ________ (not/finish) painting the school building until next week.
Answer:
They won’t have finished (ଶେଷ କରିନଥିବେ) painting the school building until next week.

(iv) You ________ (take) a test on English Grammar this day next week.
Answer:
You will be taking (ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଦେଉଥିବ) a test on English Grammar this day next week.

(v) Our teacher ________ (work) here for next five years.
Answer:
Our teacher will be working (ଶିକ୍ଷାଦାନ କରୁଥିବେ) here for next five years.

(vi) By the time you read this, I ________ (finish) answering all the questions.
Answer:
By the time you read this, I will have finished (ଶେଷ କରି ନେଇ ଥୁବି) answering all the questions.

Tense Revisited Additional Exercises With Answers

Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verbs given in the brackets.
1. Cow ________ on grass. (live)
Answer:
lives

2. The Mahanadi ________ into the Bay of Bengal. (flow)
Answer:
flows

3. Ashish ________ in ghosts. (believe)
Answer:
believes

4. Oxygen ________ bumping. (help)
Answer:
helps

5. The notice ________ “No Smoking”. (say)
Answer:
says

6. You can stay as long I ________ here. (be)
Answer:
am

7. School ________ at 10. (sit)
Answer:
sits

8. Here ________ Kohli to bat. (come)
Answer:
comes

9. I ________ he is right, (think)
Answer:
think

10. I shall help if he ________. (come)
Answer:
comes

11. He always gets up early, but today he ________ late. (get up)
Answer:
is getting up

12. The girl ________ constantly mistakes. (make)
Answer:
is making

13. My father ________ from the USA tonight. (return)
Answer:
returning

14. I TV when some one rang. (watch)
Answer:
was watching

15. He explained what ________. (happen)
Answer:
had happened

16. I wish I ________ her telephone number. (know)
Answer:
knew

17. We ________ Puri last week, (visit)
Answer:
visited

18. He used to ________ a bag. (carry)
Answer:
carry

19. The patient ________ before the doctor arrived. (die)
Answer:
had died

20. I found a note when I ________ my father’s shirt. (wash)
Answer:
was washing

21. When Munu was playing, Sonu ________. (read)
Answer:
was reading

22. I ________ to the song four times since this afternoon, (listen)
Answer:
have listened

23. The boy admitted that he ________ the window. (break)
Answer:
had broken

24. When I reached the station, the train ________ the station. (leave)
Answer:
had left

25. Our school ________ yesterday. (open)
Answer:
opened

26. The police ________ the thief for the last six months. (chase)
Answer:
has been chasing

27. I ________ the book for the last two months. (write)
Answer:
have been writing

28. They ________ for two hours, when their car broke down. (drive)
Answer:
had been driving

29. India ________ free in 1947. (become)
Answer:
became

30. The girl is out of breath because she ________ round the playground, (run)
Answer:
has been running

31. She ________ with her aunt at the moment. (stay)
Answer:
is staying

32. This is the first time Sneha ________ meat. (cook)
Answer:
has cooked

33. My father waters the plants, but today I ________ them. (water)
Answer:
am watering

34. The tin ________ some sugar, (contain)
Answer:
contains

35. By the time I reached at school, the teaching ________ for an hour. (continue)
Answer:

36. Dr PrativaRoy ________ many novels. (write)
Answer:
has written

37. Shakespear ________ many plays. (write)
Answer:
wrote

38. The postman ________ come yet. (not come)
Answer:
has not come

39. If he ________ to cheat, I would inform his father. (try)
Answer:
tried

40. I ________ Puri three times last year, (visit)
Answer:
visited

41. Quinine ________ bitter. (taste)
Answer:
tastes

42. I ________ he is right. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. He ________ a house in the city. (own)
Answer:
owns

44. The chief guest ________ the function open. (declare)
Answer:
declares

45. When I was in Hyderabad, I ________ a student. (be)
Answer:
was

46. Once upon a time there ________ a king. (live)
Answer:
lived

47. We ________ to the new house next week. (move)
Answer:
are moving

48. Education ________ a nation great. (make)
Answer:
makes

49. The Prime Minister ________ America next month. (visit)
Answer:
visits

50. Tomorrow ________ Sunday.(be)
Answer:
is

51. I wish I ________ wings. (have)
Answer:
had

52. As soon as I ________ the letter, I will inform you. (receive)
Answer:
received

53. When the teacher entered the class, the students ________. (stand up)
Answer:
stood up

54. The bridge collapsed when the train ________ on it. (run)
Answer:
was running

55. He ________ at this school this year, (read)
Answer:
is reading

56. The climate ________ day by day. (change)
Answer:
is changing

57. Babul ________ in class IX last year. (read)
Answer:
was reading

58. Madhusmita is not at home. She ________ to Mumbai. (go)
Answer:
has gone

59. Rojalin ________ this place a few minutes ago. (leave)
Answer:
left

60. As soon as the ship ________ the harbour, it started raining. (leave)
Answer:
left

61. ________ you meet him yesterday? (do)
Answer:
Did

62. My father ________ coffee to tea. (prefer)
Answer:
prefers

63. What ________ you tomorrow? (do)
Answer:
are doing

64. She ________ always ________ her keys. (lose)
Answer:
is, losing

65. Elephants ________ in forest. (live)
Answer:
live

66. Water ________ our life. (sustain)
Answer:
sustains

67. Nothing ________ since you came here. (change)
Answer:
has changed

68. The villagers ________ the road for two weeks. (repair)
Answer:
have been repairing

69. He looked as if he ________ for days together. (not eat)
Answer:
had not eaten

70. Marconi ________ radio. (invent)
Answer:
invented

71. I ________ my face about when she looked at me. (turn)
Answer:
turned

72. Recently the price of petroleum ________. (go up)
Answer:
has gone up

73. Cricket ________ in America. (not play)
Answer:
is not played

74. Help me if you ________. (like)
Answer:
like

75. Don’t read the questions until I ________ you to do so. (ask)
Answer:
ask

[Future Time]

76. Man ________ one day. (die)
Answer:
will die

77. We ________ a play next week. (have)
Answer:
are having

78. I hope she ________. (come)
Answer:
will come

79. I think it ________ today. (rain)
Answer:
will rain

80. Don’t call me at 11 pm. I ________ then. (sleep)
Answer:
shall be sleeping

81. Call me after 9.30 pm. I ________ dinner then.(finish)
Answer:
shall have finished

82. Leave those questions, I ________ you the answer. (tell)
Answer:
will tell

83. Our teacher ________ here for next four years. (work)
Answer:
will be working

84. I don’t think, he ________ the scholarship. (get)
Answer:
will get

85. Look! The child ________. (fall)
Answer:
is going to fall

86. I ________ fifteen next week. (be)
Answer:
shall be

87. The phone is ringing. I ________ it. (answer)
Answer:
will answer

88. We ________ a picnic tomorrow. (have)
Answer:
are having

89. Our examination ________ on Monday next. (start)
Answer:
starts

90. The train ________ at 5 am. (leave)
Answer:
leaves

91. The sky is clear. It ________ a sunny day. (be)
Answer:
is going to be

92. I ________ a house very soon. (build)
Answer:
am building

93. You are late. You ________ the train. (miss)
Answer:
are going to miss

94. I ________ HSC examination by may next. (pass)
Answer:
shall have passed

95. I afraid she ________. (not agree)
Answer:
won’t agree

96. Wait a minute. I ________ with you. (come)
Answer:
will come

97. The hunter is pointing his gun at the bird. He ________ it. (shoot)
Answer:
is going to shoot

98. I ________ English soon. (learn)
Answer:
am learning

99. I ________ school by 10.30. (reach)
Answer:
shall have reached

100. She ________ chess at this time tomorrow. (play)
Answer:
will be playing

What do the tense forms used in the following sentence express?
1. Spring comes after winter.
Answer:
law of nature

2. Light travels faster than sound.
Answer:
scientific truth

3. The collector declares the flower show open.
Answer:
formal declaration

4. I am hungry.
Answer:
present state

5. Jammu and Kashmir is in the north part of India.
Answer:
permanent fact

6. The AHSC Exam 2019 begins next week.
Answer:
planned future action

7. The sun rises in the east.
Answer:
general truth

8. Lifestyle of people is changing very fast.
Answer:
changing situation

9. Puja is always biting her nails.
Answer:
unpleasant action

10. He is getting up at 6 every morning for his examination.
Answer:
temporary action

Single words answer.

1. The past form of ‘learn’ is ________.
Answer:
learnt/learned

2. The present form of ‘put’ is ________.
Answer:
put

3. The past participle form of ‘bite’ is ________.
Answer:
bitten

4. The -ing form of ‘die’ is ________.
Answer:
dying

5. The -ing form of ‘forget’ is ________.
Answer:
forgetting,

6. The past form of ‘buy’ is ________.
Answer:
bought

7. The past form of ‘cling’ is ________.
Answer:
clang

8. The present form of ‘fled’ is ________.
Answer:
flee

9. The past participle form of ‘meet’ is ________.
Answer:
met

10. The past participle form of ‘awake’ is ________.
Answer:
awoken

11. The present form of ‘froze’ is ________.
Answer:
freeze

12. The past form of ‘dream’ is ________.
Answer:
dreamt

13. The past form of ‘breed’ is ________.
Answer:
bred

14. The past form of ‘dwell’ is ________.
Answer:
dwelt

15. The -ing form of ‘stop’ is ________.
Answer:
stopping

16. The-ing form of ‘continue’ is ________.
Answer:
continuing

17. The -ing form of ‘begin’ is ________.
Answer:
beginning

18. The past form of ‘choose’ is ________.
Answer:
chose

19. The past participle form of ‘lie’ is ________.
Answer:
lain

20. The past form of ‘shine’ is ________.
Answer:
shone

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Look at the following sentences. [ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖ ।]

1. Look at this picture. (ଏହି ଛବିଟିକୁ ଚାହଁ ।)
2. Egg doesn’t agree with me. (ଅଣ୍ଡା ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
3. The birds flew away. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉଡ଼ିଗଲେ ।)
4. I have run out of money. (ମୋ ପାଖରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ଶେଷ ହୋଇ ଆସିଲାଣି ।)

In the above sentences, the underlined words are two-word Verbs or Phrasal Verbs. [ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦସବୁ two-word Verbs ବା Phrasal Verbs ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।]

1. What is a Phrasal Verb?
A Main Verb combined with a preposition or adverb particle is called a Phrasal Verb. [ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ (preposition) ବା adverb particle ର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଗଠିତ two-word verb କୁ Phrasal Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।]

A Phrasal Verb has a new and different meaning from what we mean by a simple main verb. [ଏକ Phrasal Verb ର ଏକ ନୂଆ ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, ଯାହାକି ସେଇ Phrasal Verb ରେ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର ଅର୍ଥଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ।]
Examples :
Using the Simple main verb ‘put’. [ଏକ ସରଳ ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା ‘put? ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦ୍ଵାରା]
(i) He put up in the hostel. (ସେ ହଷ୍ଟେଲରେ ରହିଲା ।)
(ii) The tail-enders put up a brave fight in the match against Australia. (ଅଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଲିଆ ଖେଳରେ ଶେଷଧାଡ଼ିର ବ୍ୟାଟ୍ସମ୍ୟାନ୍‌ମାନେ ଏକ ଲଢ଼ୁଆ ଖେଳ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ ।)
(iii) Mitali has put up a beautiful picture on the wall. (ମିତାଲି କାନ୍ଥରେ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଚିତ୍ର ଟଙ୍ଗାଇଛି ।)
(iv) They put up a play in the village. (ସେମାନେ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ଏକ ନାଟକ ମଞ୍ଚସ୍ଥ କଲେ ।)
(v) The students put up a tough question to the teacher. (ପିଲାମାନେ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ।)

Difference between a Preposition and an Adverb Particle in the Phrasal Verb (Phrasal verb ରେ ଏକ Preposition ଓ ଏକ Adverb particle ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ )
‘Preposition’ is before an object (noun or pronoun) but an adverb particle has no object after the verb. (Noun ବା pronoun ରୂପକ object ପୂର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Adverb particle ର verb ପରେ object ନଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) Look at this picture. [at = preposition, this picture = object (noun phrase)
(ii) Egg doesn’t agree with me. [with = preposition, me = object (pronoun)]
(iii) The birds flew away. [away = adverb particle, (no object)]
(iv) Prices have come down. [down = adverb particle(no object)]

Structures of Phrasal Verbs:
(a) Verb + Adverb + Particles Examples:
(i) The children sat down.
(ii) The thief ran away. (ଦୌଡ଼ି ପଳାଇଲା)
(iii) Please come in (ଭିତରକୁ ଆସ).
(iv) The light went out (was extinguished, ଲିଭିଗଲା).
(v) The plane took off (left the ground, ଉଡ଼ାଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା).
(vi) How are you getting on (making progress, ଉନ୍ନତି କରୁଛେ) now?
(vii) The car has broken down (stopped working, ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଛି).

(b) Verb + Adverb Particle + Object
Examples:
(i) Take off (remove, କାଢ଼ି ଦିଅ) your hat.
(ii) Call in (summon, ଡକାଅ) the doctor.
(iii) He won’t give up (stop, ଛାଡ଼ିବ ନାହିଁ) his bad habits.

(c) Verb + Adverb Particle + Prepositional Particle
Examples:
(i) She puts up with (bears patiently, ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସହିତ ସହି ନେଉଛନ୍ତି) a lot of trouble from her neighbors.
(ii) We want to do away with ଲୋପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ) the dowry system (ଯୌତୁକ ପ୍ରଥା).
(iii) Don’t look down on (have a low opinion of, ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ) the poor.
(iv) Will you stand up for (support, ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବ କି ?) me?

Transitive Phrasal Verbs (with object) :
Examples:
Intransitive Phrasal Verbs
(i) My brother is looking for his book. (his job : Object) (ମୋ ଭାଇ ତା’ ବହି ଖୋଜୁଛି ।)
(ii) Suresh took off (removed, ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଦେଲା) his clothes. (his clothes: Object)

Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (without object):
(i) The machine broke down (ଅଚଳ ହୋଇଗଲା).
(ii) The plane will take off (ଉଡ଼ାଣ କରିବ) now.

Particles with various meanings :
1. Up ( = completely)
Fill up with petrol ( ଭର୍ତ୍ତିକର).
The prices of vegetables are going up (ବଢୁଛି).

2. Down (= completely to the ground)
They knocked down the building (ଧରାଶାୟୀ କଲେ).
Cut down the tree.
(= decreasing) : He turned the TV down. (ଶବ୍ଦ କମାଇ ଦେଲା)
Will the government bring down the prices? ( କମାଇବେ, ହ୍ରାସକରିବେ)

3. Over (= from start to finish)
I thought the problem over. ( ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତା କରି)

4. On (= connect) Switch on the lights. (ଜଳାଅ)
(=continue) Hold on, please. (ଫୋନଟି ଧରିରଖ)
Carry on (ଚାଲୁରଖ) the work.

5. Off(=departing)
The thief ran off. (ପଳାୟନ କଲା)
The pain is wearing off. ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦୂରେଇ ଯାଉଛି)

6. Out (=disappearing)
Mother washed out the dirt. (ଧୋଇ ଛଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)
Cross out the mistakes. (ଛକି ପକାଅ)
(=completely) : Work out the sums. (ପୂରାପୂରି କଷିଦିଅ ।)
(=aloud) The teacher called out the names. (ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ଡ଼ାକିଲେ)
I read out the letter to him. (ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ପଢ଼ି ଶୁଣାଇଲି ।)

Let’s look at the phrasal verbs made with the verb ‘BREAK’ and ‘TAKE’ :

Some Common Phrasal Verbs 
I. Transitive Phrasal Verbs [ Verb + Particle + Object]

1. abide by [to act according to law](ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା)
A good citizen must abide by the traffic rules.
(ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

2. account for [to explain the cause of something](କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା)
His illness accounts for his absence. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ସେ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତ ଅଟେ ।)

3. agree with [to suit somebody’s health] (ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟପ୍ରତି ଅନୁକୂଳ ହେବା)
Fish doesn’t agree with me. (ମାଛ ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

4. bank on [to depend on] (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
I bank on my teachers for my study. (ମୋ ପାଠ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଶିକ୍ଷକମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. break into [to enter by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା)
The thieves broke into our house last night.
(ଗତକାଲି ରାତିରେ ଚୋରମାନେ ଆମ ଘରେ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ ।)

6. call on [to visit someone](ଦେଖା କରିବା)
I called on my headmaster to thank him.
( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକଲି ।)

7. go into [to examine /investigate in detail] (ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା/ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
You should go into the problem before coming to any conclusion.
(ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ତୁମେ ସମସ୍ୟା ବିଷୟରେ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ଜାଣିନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)

8.(a) go through [to experience something unpleasant] (କୌଣସି ଅସୁଖୀକର ଅନୁଭୂତିର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବା)
They have gone through a lot of suffering. (ସେମାନେ ଅନେକ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

(b) [to read/ use/ spend/ eat all of something] (ମୂଳରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପଢ଼ିବା। ସବୁକିଛି ଖାଇ ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା/ସବୁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଦେବା)
Have you gone through the Ramayan ? (ତୁମେ ରାମାୟଣକୁ ଆମୂଳଚୂଳ ପଢ଼ିଛ କି ?)

9. keep off [to avoid something/ somebody] (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି/ଜିନିଷଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
You should keep off bad company. (ତୁମେ ଖରାପ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

10. keep on [to continue doing something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା)
We kept on working long after the evening. (ସଂଧ୍ୟାପରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁରଖିଲୁ ।)

11. laugh at [to mock at somebody/something] (ଥଟ୍ଟା କରିବା)
Don’t laugh at the poor. (ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପରିହାସ | ଥଟ୍ଟା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

12. look after [to take care of somebody / something] (ଯତ୍ନନେବା)
Who is looking after the sick man ? (କିଏ ଏହି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଯତ୍ନ ନେଉଛି ? )

13. look upon [to consider somebody] (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା)
I look upon Reeta as my own sister. (ମୁଁ ରୀତାକୁ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚନା କରେ।)
We look upon Madhusudan Utkal Gaurav.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମଧୁସୂଦନଙ୍କୁ ଉତ୍କଳ ଗୌରବ ରୂପେ ବିବେଚନା କରୁ ।)

14. send for [to ask someone to come](ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇବା)
We sent for a doctor when my mother was ill.
(ମା’ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜଣେ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇଲୁ ।)

15. stand by [to help and support some one in difficulties ] (ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଜଣକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
My parents stand by me during my difficulties.
(ମୋର ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୋର ବାପାମା’ ମୋତେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।)

16. look into [to investigate](ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା)
The police are looking into the murder case. (ପୋଲିସ୍‌ମାନେ ହତ୍ୟାକାଣ୍ଡର ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

17. make for [to move towards some place](ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେବା)
The children are making for school. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

18. come across/upon [ to meet someone/ something by chance] (ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଭେଟ ହୋଇଯିବା| ହଠାତ୍ କିଛି ଲାଭ କରିବା)
I came across an old friend in the market.
(ବଜାରରେ ମୋର ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣେ ପୁରୁଣା ବନ୍ଧୁ ସହିତ ଦେଖା ହୋଇଗଲା ।)

19. hit on [ to think of a good idea suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ଚିନ୍ତା ପାଞ୍ଚବା)
At last the rabbit hit on an idea to outwit the lion.
( ସିଂହକୁ ବୋକା ବନେଇବା ପାଇଁ ଠେକୁଆ ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ଉପାୟ ପାଞ୍ଚିଲା ।)

20. come over [strong feelings affecting somebody] (ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିବା/ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିବା)
A great change came over Ashok after the Kalinga war.
(କଳିଙ୍ଗ ଯୁଦ୍ଧପରେ ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖାଗଲା ।)

II. Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (ଅକର୍ମକ) [Verb + Particle]
1. break down [ to lose control of one’s feelings](ନିଜ ଉପରୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା)
The woman broke down on hearing her only son’s death.

2. break out [to begin and spread suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ବ୍ୟାପିଯିବା– ରୋଗ, ନିଆଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
The fire broke out at midnight. (ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ ନିଆଁ ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା ।)

3. come about [ to happen](ଘଟିବା)
How did the accident come about ? (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଟି କିପରି ଘଟିଲା ?)

4. come out [ to be visible / to appear](ଦେଖାଯିବା)
The sun comes out in the morning. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସକାଳେ ବାହାରି ଆସେ ।)

5. fall out [to quarrel](କଳି କରିବା)
The two brothers fell out and came to blows. (ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ କଳି କଲେ ଓ ମୁଥ ମରାମରି କଲେ ।)

6. give in [to surrender] (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା)
The soldiers fought on but finally gave in.
(ସୈନ୍ୟମାନେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରିଥିଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଶେଷରେ ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କଲେ ।)

7. go out [ to stop burning](ଜଳିବା ବନ୍ଦ ହେବା |ଲିଭିଯିବା)
The fire has gone out. (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭି ଯାଇଛି ।)

8. take off [ to leave ground, plane]( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜ ଭୂମି ଛାଡ଼ିବା)
When will the flight take off ? ( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି କେତେବେଳେ ଘାଟି ଛାଡ଼ିବ ?)

9. pass away [dic](ମରିଯିବା)
His father passed away at the age of eighty. (ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଅଶୀ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ ଦେହତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ।)

10. fall through [fail to be implemented] (ଯୋଜନା ଆଦି ଅସଫଳ ହେବା)
All his plans to go abroad fell through due to his father’s sudden demise. ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାହାର ବିଦେଶ ଯିବାର ସମସ୍ତ ଯୋଜନା ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା ।)
(ତାଙ୍କ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଅକାଳ ମୃତ୍ୟୁ

11. hold on [to wait](ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
Please hold on; I’ll call my father. (ଦୟାକରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର; ମୁଁ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଡାକୁଛି ।)

12. set in [season/ weather begin and continue] (ଋତୁ, ପାଗ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଜାରି ରହିବା)
Winter has set in. (ଶୀତଋତୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

13. turn up [come to / arrive at a meeting / assembly](ସଭା/ ସମ୍ମିଳନୀରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
Only a few students turned up for the meeting. (କେବଳ ଅଳ୍ପ କେତେଜଣ ପିଲା ସଭାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ।)

14. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes. ( ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଣ୍ଟିଲେ ।)

15. die away [sound becoming slow and weak](ଶବ୍ଦ| କାକଳୀ ଆଦି କମି ଆସିବା)
The noise the spectators died away. (ଦର୍ଶକମାନଙ୍କର ଧ୍ଵନି କମି ଆସିଲା ।)

16.go up [price becoming more]( ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେବା)
The price of essential commodities has gone up.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଜିନିଷଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଛି ।)

17. go down [price beginning to be less](ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
The price of rice has gone down. (ଚାଉଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କମିଯାଇଛି।)

18. wear out [to become thin / weak through constant use] (ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗୁଁ କ୍ଷୟ ହୋଇଯିବା)
My shoes have worn out. (ମୋ ଜୋତା ଛିଣ୍ଡିଗଲାଣି ।)

19. get up [to leave bed after sleeping](ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
When will the child get up ? (ପିଲାଟି କେତେବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିବ ?)

20. look out [to be careful] (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
Look out ! There might be a snake.
( ସତର୍କ ରୁହ ! ଏଠାରେ ସାପଟିଏ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)

III (A) Verb + Object + Particle
1. answer back [to reply rudely] (ନିଷ୍ଠୁରଭାବରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବା)
It is not proper to answer your parents back.(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କୁ ନିଷ୍ଠୁର ଭାବରେ ଜବାବ ଦେବା ଭଲ ନୁହେଁ ।)

2. count….in [ to include](ସାମିଲ କରିବା)
If you are going on a picnic, please count me in.
(ଯଦି ତୁମେ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯାଉଛ, ଦୟାକରି ମୋତେ ସାମିଲ କରିବ ।)

3. see….through [ to help somebody during difficult times(ଅସୁବିଧା ସମୟରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
Her courage saw her through during hard times. (her-object)
(ତାହାର ସାହସ ଅସୁବିଧା ବେଳେ ତାକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ।)

4. take….for [to consider somebody wrongly](ଜଣକୁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧରି ନେବା)
My friend took my aunt for my mother. (my aunt = object)
(ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମୋ ମାଇଁଙ୍କୁ ଭୁଲ ଭାବରେ ମୋ ମା’ ରୂପେ ଧରିନେଲେ ।)

5. tear….away [to leave something unwillingly] (ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ସତ୍ତ୍ଵେ କୌଣସି ଜାଣିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
I have to tear myself away from the TV to study.
(ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ ମୋତେ ଟିଭି ଦେଖାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ।)

6. tell …..apart (ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦେଖାଇବା)
You can’t tell the two brothers apart. (the two brothers= object)
(ତୁମେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ବାରି ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. tell….off [to scold/ tell angrily] (ଗାଳିଦେବା/ ଖରାପ ଭାଷାରେ କହିବା)
The teacher told Raju off for not doing his homework.
(ଘରପଢ଼ା କରି ନଥୁବାରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରାଜୁକୁ ଗାଳି ଦେଲେ ।)

III (B) Verb + Particle + Object କିମ୍ବା, Verb + Object + Particle
1. blow up [to destroy something by an explosion] (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣ ଘଟାଇ ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା)
The terrorists blew up the bridge.(ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ ପୋଲଟିକୁ ଉଡ଼ାଇଦେଲେ ।)

2. bring about [cause to happen] (ଘଟାଇବା। ଘଟଣାର କାରଣ ହେବା)
Education has brought about many changes in society.
(ଶିକ୍ଷା ସମାଜରେ ଅନେକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିପାରିଛି ।)

3. bring down [lower prices / aeroplanes] (ଦରଦାମ୍/ ଉଡ଼ାଜାହଜ ଖସାଇବା | ନିମ୍ନମୁଖୀ ହେବା ।)
The pilot brought down the plane. (ଉଡାଜାହାଜଟିକୁ ପାଇଲଟ୍‌ ତଳକୁ ଖସାଇଲେ ।)
Good harvest has brought down the prices of vegetables.

4. bring out [to publish] (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା)
I am going to bring out a new book this week.
(ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୁଁ ଏକ ନୂତନ ପୁସ୍ତକଟିଏ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବି ।)

5. bring up [to educate/ take care of a child] (ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା; ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା )
We should bring up children with care. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯତ୍ନରେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

6. call off [to cancel] (ରଦ୍ଦ କରିବା/ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିନେବା)
The strike was called off. (ଧର୍ମଘଟ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ହେଲା ।)

7. carry on [to continue] (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା)
We carried on working till the end. (ଶେଷ ହେବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁରଖୁଲୁ ।)

8. carry out
(a)[to do something that you have been told to do] (ଆଦେଶ/ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କରିବା)
I carried out the instructions of my parents. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କଲି ।).
(b) [to do a particular piece of work] (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବା )
The construction of this building was carried out last year.

9. close down [close permanently] (ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
We closed down the factory after a fire. (ଅଗ୍ନିକାଣ୍ଡ ପରେ ଆମେ କାରଖାନାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ ।)

10. cut down [to reduce an amount of something] (କିଛିର ପରିମାଣ ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା)
We cut down our expenses after our father’s retirement.
(ପିତାଙ୍କ ଅବସର ପରେ ଆମେ ଆମର ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକାଟ କରୁ ।)

11. cut off [to stop the supply of something] (ଯୋଗାଣ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା| ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେବା)
Electricity was cut off after the cyclone. (ବାତ୍ୟାପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେଲା ।)

12. do up [to make something attractive by repair, painting or make-up.]
(ପରିଷ୍କାର କରିବା| ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ କରିବା)
We did up our houses before our sister’s marriage ceremony.
(ଆମେ ଆମର ଘରକୁ ଭଉଣୀର ବିଭାଘର ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସୁସଜ୍ଜିତ କଲୁ ।)

13. find out [to know something by enquiry] (ଖୋଜି ବାହାର କରିବା )
Please find out the date of our annual examination from the notice board.

14. fix up [to arrange something to happen] (କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
We have fixed up the meeting for the next week.(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ସଭା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛୁ ।)

15. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିଦେବା। ଦେଇଦେବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes.(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିତରଣ କଲେ ।)

16. give up [to stop doing something] (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା| କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
I have given up smoking. Don’t give up hopes. (ଆଶା ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କର ନାହିଁ ।)

17. hold up [to obstruct] (ଅଟକାଇବା| ଧରି ରଖୁବା)
A marriage procession held up the traffic for long hours.

18. keep up [to keep something at a high level] (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା )
We must try to keep up the honour of our school.
(ଆମ ସ୍କୁଲର ସମ୍ମାନ ଲାଗି ଆମେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା ଅବ୍ୟାହତ ରଖିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

19. knock down [to hit somebody and make him fall to the ground] (ଧକ୍କା / ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ତଳେ ପକାଇ ଦେବା)
A car knocked my sister down.(ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀକୁ ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେଲା ।)

20. lay down [to state a plan officially] ( ଯୋଜନା ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବା)
We laid down the plan of our journey and went ahead accordingly.
(ଆମେ ଏକ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କଲୁ ଏବଂ ତଦନୁସାରେ ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେଲୁ ।)

21. lay by [to save something for future use] (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା। ସାଇତି ରଖୁବା)
Everyone must lay something by for their old age.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ବାର୍ଦ୍ଧକ୍ୟ ନିମିତ୍ତ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

22. let down [to disappoint somebody by not doing something well]
(ଜଣକ ପାଇଁ କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନକରି ଶେଷରେ ହତାଶ କରିବା)
I let down my parents with my poor results.
( ମୁଁ ମୋର ଖରାପ ଫଳାଫଳରେ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କୁ ନିରାଶ କଲି ।)

23. look up [to search for something in a dictionary or a book of reference]
(ପୁସ୍ତକ ଖୋଲି ସେଥୁରୁ କିଛି ଦେଖିବା| ଜାଣିବା)
Please look up the word in a dictionary.
(ଦୟାକରି ଅଭିଧାନରୁ ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଦେଖ ।)

24. make out [to hear/ understand someone with difficulty]
(କଷ୍ଟରେ କିଛି ଶୁଣିବା | ବୁଝିପାରିବା ବା ଜାଣିବା)
I can hardly make out what you say. (ସେ କ’ଣ କହେ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟ ବୁଝିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

25. make up [to replace some lost thing] (ଭରଣା କରିବା | (କ୍ଷତି) ପୂରଣ କରିବା)
We must work hard to make up the lost hours.
(ବରବାଦ କରିଥିବା ସମୟକୁ ଭରଣା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

26. pack up [to stop working] (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
It’s getting darker. We should pack up and go home.
(ଅନ୍ଧାର ମାଡ଼ିଆସୁଛି । ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରି ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ସଜାଡିବା ଉଚିତ ଓ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

27. pick out [to choose] (ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା | ବାଛିବା)
We picked out the best players for our cricket team.

28. point out [to direct attention to something] (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କରିବା; ଦେଖାଇଦେବା)
The teacher pointed out the errors. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖାଇଦେଲେ ।)

29. pull down [to destroy] (ନଷ୍ଟ | ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେବା)
We pulled down the old building to build a new one.
(ନୂଆ କୋଠାଘର ନିର୍ମାଣପାଇଁ ଆମେ ପୁରାତନ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକାକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରୁ ।)

30. put down
(a) [to write down] (ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା/ ଟିପି ରଖୁବା)
Put down your request on a piece of paper. (ଖଣ୍ଡେ କାଗଜରେ ତୁମର ଦାବି ଲେଖ ।)
(b) [to suppress] (ଦମନ କରିବା)
The riot was put down firmly. (ଦଙ୍ଗାକୁ ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ଦମନ କରାଗଲା ।)

31. put on [to wear something] (ବସ୍ତ୍ର ଆଦି ପରିଧାନ କରିବା)
Put on warm clothes before going out in the cold. (ବାହାରେ ଥଣ୍ଡାରେ ଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଗରମ ପୋଷାକ ପିନ୍ଧ ।)

32. put off [to keep something for a later date] (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମୟକୁ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
Don’t put off today’s work for tomorrow.

33. put out [to stop something burning] (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭାଇ ଦେବା)
The firemen put out the fire with water. (ନିଆଁଲିଭାଳି ପାଣିରେ ନିଆଁକୁ ଲିଭାଇଲେ ।)

34. rule out [to stop/ exclude something as a possibility]
(ବନ୍ଦ ରଖ୍ / ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ କିଛି ବାଦ୍ କରିଦେବା)
It may rain today. The possibility of cricket match cannot be ruled out.

35. run over [to hit somebody and drive over it] (ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ଗାଡ଼ି ମାଡ଼ିଯିବା)
The speeding car ran over a street dog.

36. see off [to go to a railway station, bus-stop or airport to say goodbye to somebody]
I went to the station to see off my friends. ( ମୁଁ ମୋ ବନ୍ଧୁମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।)

37. set up [to start business or an institution] (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ | ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା )
I plan to set up a business after I pass out matriculation.
(ମାଟ୍ରିକୁଲେସନ୍ ପାସ୍ କରିବା ପରେ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ଯୋଜନା କରୁଛି ।)

38. show off [to show something to others that you are proud of] (ଦେଖେଇ ହେବା)
Children like to show off their toys to others. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଖେଳଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ।)

39. take over [to take charge of another person’s work] (ଅନ୍ୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାତକୁ ନେବା/କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାର ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
The new headmaster took over charge from the old headmaster.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କଠାରୁ ନୂତନ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ।)

40. take off [to remove dress etc.] (ପୋଷାକ ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କାଢ଼ିବା)
We take off shoes before entering temples.
(ମନ୍ଦିର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମେ ଜୋତା କାଢୁ ।)

41. turn down [to reject an offer / request] (ଅନୁରୋଧ | ଦାନ ଆଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିବା)
(a) The government turned down the employee’s request for a pay revision.
(b) Who can turn down such a good job ? (କିଏ ଏଭଳି ଭଲ ଚାକିରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିପାରେ ?)

42. turn on [to switch on a machine or light] (ଆଲୋକ ଜଳାଇବା । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଚଳାଇବା)
Please turn on the generator. (ଦୟାକରି ଜେନେରେଟର୍‌ ଚଳାଅ ।)

43. use up [to use all of something so that nothing is left] (ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶେଷ କରିଦେବା)
I have used up all the petrol in my car. (ମୁଁ ମୋ କାର୍‌ରେ ଥିବା ସବୁ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ସାରି ଦେଇଛି ।)

44. wipe up [to destroy something completely] (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେବା, ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ କରିଦେବା)
Many villages were wiped out in the last super cyclone.
(ଗତ ମହାବାତ୍ୟାରେ ଅନେକ ଗାଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)

45. work out [solve a problem / sum / puzzle] (ସମସ୍ୟା/ ଅଙ୍କ | ଧନ୍ଦା ସମାଧାନ କରିଦେବା/ ବୁଝିପାରିବା/
Only intelligent students can work out this sum. (କେବଳ ବୁଦ୍ଧିମାନ ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ଏ ଅଙ୍କଟିକୁ କଷିପାରିବେ ।)

IV Verb + Adverb particle + Preposition + Object (Phrasal Prepositional Verbs)
1. break out of [ to escape by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
Some prisoners broke out of the jail. (କେତେକ ବନ୍ଦୀ ଜେଲରୁ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇଲେ ।)

2. come out of [to develop from something] (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣା। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବା)
Something good will come out of hard abour. (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବ ।)

3. do away with [ to stop doing/having something] (କୁସଂସ୍କାର ଆଦି ଲୋପ କରିବା )
Lord William Bentinck did away with the Sati system.
(ଲର୍ଡ଼ ଉଇଲିୟମ୍ ବେଣ୍ଟିକ୍ ‘ସତୀ ପ୍ରଥା’ ଉଠାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।)

4. fall back on [to seek support/ help during adversary condition]
( ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ସମର୍ଥନ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
I always fall back on my friends during difficulties.
(ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସର୍ବଦା ବଂଧୁମାନଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. get on with [to make progress with something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଆଗେଇ ଯିବା)
Are you getting on with your new job ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ନୂଆ ଚାକିରିରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଛ ତ ?)

6. go back on [to fail to keep a promise](ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରିଯିବା)
Please don’t go back on your promise.
(ଦୟାକରି ତୁମର ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରି ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. live upto [to perform as expected] (ଆଶାନୁରୂପେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା)
I am trying my level best to live upto my parent’s expectation.
(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କର ଆଶା ପୂରଣ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଯତ୍‌ପରୋନାସ୍ତି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛି ।)

8. look down on [ to consider others with contempt] (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
Never look down on/ upon the poor. (କେବେହେଲେ ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

9. put up with [ to tolerate] ( ସହିବା)
Nobody will put up with his misbehaviour.
(କେହି ତାଙ୍କର ଅଭଦ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସହିବେ ନାହିଁ ।)

10. run out of [to use all of something] (ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା)
We have run out of all our food grains.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭର ଖାଦ୍ୟଶସ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛୁ ।)

Use of ‘Pronouns’ :

Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)	Pronouns(Object)(ସର୍ବନାମ)
Single male (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ )	Him
Singular female (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ)	Her
Singular thing/animal (ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ବସ୍ତୁ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ)	It
Plural things/animals/persons (ବହୁ ବଚନରେ ବସ୍ତୁ/ ପ୍ରାଣୀ| ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)	Them

1. I saw off my uncle at the station.
Answer:
I saw him of fat the station, (him = pronoun)

2. Please take of your shoes before entering the temple.
Answer:
Please take them off before (them =pronoun)

3. Uncle has brought up my sister.
Answer:
Uncle has brought her up. (her = pronoun)

4. Please give up smoking or you will contract cancer.
Answer:
Please give it up or you will contract cancer, (it= pronoun)

5. The terrorists blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The terrorists blew it up. (it=pronoun)

Activity – 1

In some sentences given below the particles can be separated from the verb and put after the noun phrase (the object). Find out such sentences and rewrite them with the particles after the objects. Write NS (not separable) against the sentences where particles cannot be separated.
Examples:
1. I depend on you. (NS)
2. He turned off the light.
Answer:
He turned the light off.

1. She is looking for a good dress.
Answer:
She is looking for (ଚାହୁଁଛି ) a good dress. (NS)

2. The enemy blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The enemy blew up the bridge.
Or, The enemy blew the bridge up. (up = particle, the bridge = noun phrase = object.

3. The police are looking into the matter.
Answer:
The police are looking into (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛି) the matter. (NS)

4. Take off your shoes before coming in.
Answer:
Take off your shoes before coming in.
Or, Take your shoes off before coming in. (off = particle, your shoes = noun phrase or object)

5. I called on an old friend yesterday.
Answer:
I called on (6) an old friend yesterday. (NS)

6. You should keep up your honour.
Answer:
You should keep up your honour (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା ଉଚିତ) (NS)

7. Can I count on your help during difficulties?
Answer:
Can I count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିପାରେ) your help during difficulties? (NS)

8. The government put down the revolt firmly.
Answer:
The government put down the revolt (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ ଦମନକଲେ) firmly.(NS)

9. The child hit on a plan to escape punishment.
Answer:
The child hit on (ଉପାୟ ବାହାରକଲା) a plan to escape punishment. (ଦଣ୍ଡରୁ ମୁକୁଳିବା ପାଇଁ) (NS)

10. We called off the strike after an agreement.
Answer:
We called off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ କରିଦେଲୁ) the strike (ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ) after an agreement.
Or, We called the strike off after an agreement. (the strike = noun phrase / object, off = particle)

Activity – 2

Replace the noun phrases in italics by an appropriate pronoun and use it in the right place.
Examples: We saw our friends at the airport.
Answer: We saw them off. ( ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲୁ)

1. Can you pick out the correct answers?
Answer:
Can you pick them out. (ବାଛିପାରିବ)

2. We have pointed out many mistakes.
Answer:
We have pointed them out. (ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି)

3. It is time to wind up the speech.
Answer:
It is time to wind it out. (ଶେଷକରିବା)

4. The soldiers pulled down the fort.
Answer:
The soldiers pulled it down. (ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେଲେ)

5. Can you carry on this work a little longer?
Answer:
Can you carry it on a little longer? (ଆଗେଇ ଦେଇ ପାରିବ)

6. They threw away all the useless things.
Answer:
They threw them away. (ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେଲେ)

7. We closed down our business as it was not profitable.
Answer:
We closed it down as it wasn’t profitable (ଆରାମଦାୟକ) (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ)

8. You must lay by apart of your income for future use.
Answer:
You must lay it by. (ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ)

9. Please look up the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look it up. (ଅଭିଧାନରେ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର ।)

10. They have ruled out any change in his behaviour.
Answer:
They have ruled it out. (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିଛନ୍ତି)

Activity – 3

Complete the sentences using the phrasal verbs and the objects in the appropriate places.
Put the verbs given in brackets into the correct tenses:
Examples:
(i) I will __________________ after lunch, (call back / you)
Answer:
I will call you back after lunch.

(ii) It’s a trick. Only a fool will ________________. (fall for / it)
Answer:
Only a fool will fall for it.

1. I _____________ on my way to school, (came across / a strange animal)
Answer:
I came across (ହଠାତ୍ ଦେଖୁଦେଲି) a strange animal on my way to school.

2. It is better to _______________. (throw away / broken chairs)
Answer:
It is better to throw away ( ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେବା) broken chairs.

3. It was a mistake. My friend ________________. (point out / it)
Answer:
It was a mistake. My friend pointed it out (ଦେଖାଇଦେଲା).

4. Who is ______________ nowadays? (looking after / this building)
Answer:
Who is looking after ( ଯତ୍ନନେଉଛି । ଦେଖାଶୁଣା କରୁଛି) this building nowadays ?

5. His son died. He has never __________________. (get over / his sorrows)
Answer:
His son died. He has never got over (ଦୁଃଖରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ପାରିନାହିଁ) his sorrows.

6. This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you ______________? (switch off/ it)
Answer:
This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you switch it off? ( ବନ୍ଦ କରିପାରିବ ? )

7. She offered to help me, but I ____________. (turn down / it)
Answer:
She offered to help me, but I turned it down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କଲି).

8. I met Ramesh today. He _______________. (asking after / you)
Answer:
I met Ramesh today. He was asking you after (ତୁମ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲା).

9. This school is not running well. We will _______________. (close down / it)
Answer:
This school is not running well. We will close it down ( ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେବା).

10. Your brother is in trouble. You must ________________ during his distress. (stand by / him)
Answer:
Your brother is in trouble. You must stand by (ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ) him during his distress.

Activity – 4

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below.

Combine the verb look with the particles shown as rays and use them in the following sentences.
The verb and the meaning of the two-word verb have been given in each case.
Example:
(a situation getting better) The weather is looking ___________ after the stormy days.
(Answer = up) (ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି)

(i) (to be careful) ‘Look ______________! There might be a snake there !’
Answer:
Look out (ସତର୍କ ରୁହ) ! There might be a snake there!

(ii) (to be care of) Grandma looked ____________ Fakirmohan.
Answer:
Grandma looked after ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନେଉଥିଲେ) Fakirmohan.

(iii) (to investigate) A team of experts is looking _____________ this problem.
Answer:
A team ofexperts is looking jnto (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି) this problem.

(iv) (to consider somebody in a particular way) I look _______________ Reeta as my sister.
Answer:
I look upon (ବିବେଚନା କରେ/ ମାନ୍ୟତା ଦିଏ) Reeta as my sister.

(v) (to search for something in a dictionary) Please look ___________ the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look up (ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର) the word in a dictionary.

(vi) (to consider with contempt) Never look _______________ girls; they can work wonders.
Answer:
Never look down upon (ଘୃଣାକର ନାହିଁ) girls; they can work wonders.

(vii) (to expect something enjoyable) I am looking ______________ my birthday.
Answer:
I am looking forward to ( ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ) my birthday.

(viii) (to think about or study) Look ______________ the following sentences.
Answer:
Look at (ଭଲଭାବରେ ଚିନ୍ତାକର) the following sentences.

(ix) (to watch something happening) Everyone looked _______________ in silence.
Answer:
Everyone looked at (ଚାହିଁଲେ) in silence.

(x) (to consider with respect) After the morning prayers all the children looked ______________ Swami.
Answer:
After the morning prayers all the children looked upon ( ସମ୍ମାନ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ) Swami.

(xi) (to search) Where is my grammar book? I have been looking _______________ it since morning.
Answer:
Where is my grammar book? I have been looking for (ଖୋଜୁଛି) it since morning.

Do similar exercises using break /come /give /go /put

Activity – 5

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below:

Combine the particle up with the verbs shown as rays and use them in the following sentences putting them into the correct tense form. The meaning of the two-word verb has been given in each case.
Example: (To search for something in a dictionary) Please __________________ up in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
Look

(i) (To replace some lost thing) We must work hard to ________________ up the lost hours.
Answer:
make up (ଭରଣା କରିବାପାଇଁ)

(ii) (to stop working) It’s going to rain, we should _________________ up and go home.
Answer:
pack up (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

(iii) (to start a business / an institution) I plan to ______________ up a business after getting the degree.
Answer:
set up (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ)

(iv) (to exhaust something so that nothing is left) I have _______________ up all the petrol in my scooter.
Answer:
run up (ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛି)

(v) (to separate) The group _______________ up after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up ( ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ହେଲେ)

(vi) (to leave bed after sleeping) We usually _______________ up early in the morning.
Answer:
get up (ଶଯ୍ୟା ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁ)

(vii) (a situation getting better) After three long rainy days the weather is _____________ up.
Answer:
looking up ( ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଗୁଛି)

(viii) (to come to a meeting) Only a few students ________________ up in the class due to heavy rain.
Answer:
turn up (ଆସନ୍ତି)

(ix) (to destroy by exploration) The platoon ofsoldiers _______________ up a bridge.
Answer:
blew up (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣରେ ଉଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)

(x) (to take care of) We should ____________ up children with care.
Answer:
bring up (ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍)

(xi) (to make something attractive) We _______________ up our house before my sister’s marriage.
Answer:
did up ( ସଜାଇଲୁ)

(xii) (to arrange something to happen) We have _______________ up the meeting for the next week.
Answer:
fixed up (ସ୍ଥିର କରିଛୁ)

(xiii) (to stop doing something) Don’t ________________ up hopes.
Answer:
give up (ତ୍ୟାଗକର ନାହିଁ)

(xiv) (to obstruct) A marriage procession _______________ up the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up (ବାଧା ଦେଲା)

(xv) (to maintain something at a high level) We must try to _________________ up the honour ofour school.
Answer:
keep up (ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁବା)

→ Do similar exercises using after/for/off/on /out Let there be a competition in the class.

Activity – 6

Replace the underlined expression with phrasal verbs using the verbs given in brackets.
(i) I don’t like the way Swami is being educated. (bring)
Answer:
brought up (ଲାଳିତପାଳିତ ହେଉଛି)

(ii) The government rejected the employees’ request for pay revision. (turn)
Answer:
turned down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଦେଲେ)

(iii) The strike was cancelled. (call)
Answer:
called off (ସୁଗିତ କରାଗଲା)

(iv) We reduced our expenses after our father’s retirement. (cut)
Answer:
cut down (କମାଇ ଦେଲୁ)

(v) I disappointed my parents by my poor results. (let)
Answer:
let down (ହତାଶ କଲି)

(vi) I can hardly understand what you say. (make)
Answer:
make out ( ବୁଝିପାରେ)

(vii) Most children resemble their parents. (take)
Answer:
take after (ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଏକାପରି)

(viii)We called a doctor when my mother was ill. (send)
Answer:
sent for (ଡ଼କାଇଲୁ)

(ix) We continued working long after the evening. (keep)
Answer:
kept on ( ଜାରି ରଖଲୁ)

(x) Have you read the book I gave you? (go)
Answer:
gone through (ଭଲଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିଛୁ)

Activity – 7

Combine one verb from group -A with a suitable particle from group – B. In this way, frame 10 phrasal verbs. Use them in sentences. Who will do it first in the class?
Group – A: break, bring, call, come, cut, get, give, go, keep, let, make, put, set, take.
Group – B: after, at, away, by, down,for,from, in, into, off, on, out, over, to, up.
Answer:
Group A : (Verbs)
Group B : (Particles)

Answers :
(i) break down: He broke down (ହଠାତ୍ କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇଲେ) on hearing the news.
(ii) bring up: educate (ଲାଳନପାଳନ କରିବା) – Who will bring up this orphan ( ଅନାଥ) ?
(iii) call out : call loudly (ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଡ଼ାକିବା) – Mother called out Sonu.
(iv) come out : appear ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – Flowers come out in spring.
(v) cut down: reduce (ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କମାଇବା) – I cut down my expenses (SI©).
(vi) get into (board; ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – He got into the bus.
(vii) give up : discontinue (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ତ୍ୟାଗକରିବାକୁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ) – Please give up smoking.
(viii) go for: is known (ଜଣାଶୁଣା, ପରିଚିତ)- He goes for a clever boy.
(ix) keep on: continue (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା) – Keep on trying.
(x) let in: allow to come – The teacher let Madhabi in.
(xi) makeover: translate (ଅନୁବାଦ କରିବା) – Please make this passage over to Odia.
(xii) put up: stay (ରହିବା) – I am putting up (ରହୁଛି) in the school hostel.
(xiii) set on: instigate (ଉସୁକାଇବା) – Don’t set me on.
(xiv) Take off: remove (କାଢ଼ିପକାଇବା) – Take off your dirty shoes.

Activity – 8

Choose the correct particles and complete the phrasal verbs in the sentences.
1. Please turn _____________ the radio. (on, up)
Answer:
on (ଲଗାଅ)

2. Cholera broke _______________ everywhere. (down, out)
Answer:
out (ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା)

3. The meeting came ______________ very successfully. (up, off)
Answer:
off (ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ହେଲା

4. I do not give _____________ to anybody’s pressure. (out, in)
Answer:
in (ଆତ୍ମ ସମର୍ପଣକରେ ନାହିଁ)

5. I agree ______________ you on this point. (with, to)
Answer:
with

6. They have closed ________________ their old business. (up, down)
Answer:
down

7. I look ______________ him as my own father. (after, upon)
Answer:
upon (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ)

8. Every month I lay ______________ a few rupees formy child’s education. (by, down)
Answer:
by (ସଞ୍ଚୟକରେ))

9. I could not make ______________ what he was saying. (up, out)
Answer:
out

10. The police put ______________ the violence. (off, down)
Answer:
down (ଦମନକଲେ)

11. Nobody was at the airport to see him ______________. (out, off)
Answer:
off (ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାକୁ)

12. Why did he turn _______________ your request? (down, off)
Answer:
down

13. A nuclear war cannot be ruled _________________ in the future. (out, over)
Answer:
out (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରାଯାଇନପାରେ)

14. The thief made _______________ with a large amount of money. (off, out)
Answer:
out (ନେଇ ପଳାଇଲା)

15. The old man passed _______________ in his sleep. (away, out)
Answer:
away ( ମରିଗଲା)

Activity – 9

Replace the word(s) in italics with their corresponding phrasal verbs choosing from the list given)
(get over, pack up, look up, brought out, keep on, do away with, drop out, stand by, go back on, fell through)

1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
He has brought out (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି) a new book.

2. We are tired. We must stop working now.
Answer:
We are tired. We must pack up (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ) now.

3. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
You can carry on / go on / keep on (ଚାଲୁରଖ୍ପାର) working if you like.

4. Will you help me during my bad days?
Answer:
Will you stand by me during my bad days?

5. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
He hasn’t been able to get over ( ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାପାଇଁ) his fears.

6. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
We dropped out (ଓହରିଗଲୁ) from the match after a quarrel.

7. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
The talk between India and Pakistan fell through (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) due to may disagreements.

8. He promised to help me, but later he failed to keep his promise.
Answer:
He promised to help me, but later (ପରେ) he went back on (ଓହରିଗଲା) his promise.

9. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
India has done away with (ଦୂରେଇଯାଇଛି) the caste system (ଜାତିପ୍ରଥା).

10. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
The situation is looking up ( ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି।ସୁଧୁରୁଛି) day by day.

Activity – 10

Choose the appropriate phrasal-prepositional verb from the given list for each of the sentences below and complete the sentences.
(run out of, get on (well) with, come out with, looking forward to, put up with, catch up with, come in for)

1. When the whole class was worried how to solve the problem, Suresh ________________ a solution.
Answer:
came out with

2. We all are eagerly ______________ our sister’s wedding.
Answer:
looking forward to (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

3. I _____________ a rude shock when my friend cheated me.
Answer:
came in for

4. We have _____________ sugar. Can you buy some?
Answer:
run out of ( ସାରି ଦେଇଛୁ )

5. We do not ________________ our new neighbour.
Answer:
get on (well) with

6. Who can _______________ such mischief?
Answer:
put up with ( ସହିପାରିବ)

7. The child walked fast to _____________ his parents.
Answer:
catch up with (ସାଥରେ ଯାଇ ମିଶିବାପାଇଁ)

Phrasal Verbs Additional Questions With Answers

I. Fill in the blanks with participles and complete the Phrasal verbs in the sentences.

1. I could not make _____________ what he said.
Answer:
out

2. The meeting came _______________ successfully.
Answer:
off

3. I agree _______________ you on this point.
Answer:
with

4. The police put ____________ the violence.
Answer:
down

5. I do not give _______________ to anybody’s pressure.
Answer:
in

6. The workers have decided to call ________________ their strike.
Answer:
off

7. I bank _____________ my teachers for my study.
Answer:
on

8. The old man passed ____________ last night.
Answer:
away

9. He turned ____________ my request.
Answer:
down

10. His friends went to the airport to see him ____________.
Answer:
off

11. Mr. Routray set _____________ a school in the village.
Answer:
up

12. Don’t put _______________ today’s work till tomorrow.
Answer:
off

13. They have closed ______________ their business.
Answer:
down

14. Shall I put ____________ the light?
Answer:
out

15. Winter has set ________________.
Answer:
in

16. I look _________________ him as my own father.
Answer:
upon

17. Cholera has broken ______________ in this town.
Answer:
out

18. The thief made ______________ with a large amount of money.
Answer:
off

19. A nuclear war cannot be ruled ______________ in future.
Answer:
out

20. His result let _____________ us.
Answer:
down

21. The terrorists blew _______________ the railway track.
Answer:
up

22. Please turn ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

23. The noise will die _____________.
Answer:
down

24. Every month I lay _______________ a few rupees for my child’s education.
Answer:
by

25. The chief guest gave _____________ the prizes.
Answer:
away

26. Chess calls _____________ concentration of mind.
Answer:
for

27. I shall call ______________ my friend tonight.
Answer:
on

28. Shall I put ______________ the light?
Answer:
out

29. Try to give ______________ bad habits.
Answer:
up

30. The thieves broke _____________ the house.
Answer:
into

31. Riki and Miki have Men _____________ over a petty matter.
Answer:
out

32. Please carry _____________ the plan.
Answer:
out

33. Please put ______________ your new dress.
Answer:
on

34. I never answer my parents ________________.
Answer:
back

35. The soldiers put _______________ a brave fight.
Answer:
up

36. I don’t care _____________ chicken curry.
Answer:
for

37. I agree _______________ you.
Answer:
with

38. Pabak got ______________ his difficulties.
Answer:
over

39. I wouldn’t go back ________________ my words.
Answer:
on

40. Carry _______________ with your work.
Answer:
on

41. The girl takes ______________ her mother.
Answer:
after

42. Please go ______________ the letter.
Answer:
through

43. The students did ________________ the school budding.
Answer:
up

44. The bus broke _______________ on the way.
Answer:
down

45. The new headmaster took ______________ the charges yesterday.
Answer:
over

46. The police are looking _____________ the matter.
Answer:
into

47. The thieves got ______________ with a lot of money.
Answer:
away

48. You shouldn’t break ____________ when someone is speaking.
Answer:
in

49. I never put up ______________ angry words.
Answer:
with

50. The price of gold may come _______________.
Answer:
down

51. I have rim out ______________ time.
Answer:
of

52. He tried to make _______________ his studies on holidays.
Answer:
up

53. He couldn’t keep up ____________ the class.
Answer:
with

54. It is better to throw ______________ the broken chairs.
Answer:
away

55. I came ______________ a strange animal on the way.
Answer:
across

56. My friend pointed ___________ my mistake.
Answer:
out

57. Who is looking _______________ the old man?
Answer:
after

58. Your father was asking _____________ you.
Answer:
after

59. You must stand ____________ him during his distress.
Answer:
by

60. Don’t look down ____________ girls; they can do wonders.
Answer:
upon

61. It is raining, we should pack ___________ and go home.
Answer:
up

62. Please look ____________ in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
up

63. He was brought _____________ by his uncle.
Answer:
up

64. We sent ____________ a doctor when mother was ill.
Answer:
for

65. I never let _____________ my parents.
Answer:
down

66. He has picked ______________ some bad habits.
Answer:
up

67. Lots of people go in ____________ cricket these days.
Answer:
for

68. He set _______________ on a long journey.
Answer:
out

69. The reporter took ________________ the speech.
Answer:
down

70. Keep ______________ your courage.
Answer:
up

71. I will call you _______________ if I need your help.
Answer:
up

72. The plane took _______________ late.
Answer:
off

73. The factory turns _____________ two hundred cars a week.
Answer:
out

74. Two men were fighting and the rest were looking _____________.
Answer:
on

75. Let’s break ______________ for ten minutes.
Answer:
off.

II. Replace the underlined words with the corresponding phrasal verbs.
1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
brought out

2. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
getting on

3. Will you help during my bad days?
Answer:
stand by

4. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
keep on

5. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
dropped out

6. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
done away with

7. I don’t like the way Swami is being educated.
Answer:
brought up

8. The strike was cancelled.
Answer:
called off

9. The meeting was postponed.
Answer:
put off

10. We have reduced our expenses.
Answer:
cut down

11. Many children resemble their parents.
Answer:
take after

12. My father rejected my request.
Answer:
turned down

13. I can hardly understand what you say.
Answer:
make out

14. Have you read the book I gave you?
Answer:
gone through

15. We called a doctor when my mother was ill.
Answer:
sent for

16. We continued working long after the evening.
Answer:
kept on

17. I disappointed my parents by my poor results?
Answer:
let down

18. The rich man died last night.
Answer:
passed away

19. I rejected her request.
Answer:
turned down

20. They have closed their business permanently.
Answer:
closed down

21. Malaria spread everywhere.
Answer:
broke out

22. I couldn’t understand what he said.
Answer:
make out

23. A team of experts is investigating this problem.
Answer:
looking into

24. The chief guest distributed the prizes.
Answer:
gave away

25. Can you choose the correct answers?
Answer:
pick out

26. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
get over

27. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
fell through

28. He tried to compensate for all the trouble he had caused.
Answer:
makeup

29. Lots of people enjoy cricket these days.
Answer:
go in for

30. I won’t fail to keep my word.
Answer:
go back on

31. Summer has started.
Answer:
set in

32. He established a school for the poor children.
Answer:
set up

33. Shall I extinguish the light?
Answer:
put out

34. The aeroplane left the ground smoothly.
Answer:
took off

35. The police suppressed the revolt.
Answer:
put down

36. A marriage procession obstructed the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up

37. He is searching a new house.
Answer:
looking for

38. They have settled their quarrel.
Answer:
made up

39. Save something for future.
Answer:
lay by

40. I’ll summon you if I need your help.
Answer:
call up

41. It is difficult to tame that horse.
Answer:
break in

42. Let’s stop for rest for ten minutes.
Answer:
break off

43. The children decorated the building.
Answer:
did up

44. The group separated after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up

45. I am making progress quite well.
Answer:
getting on with

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Mark these sentences from your textbook for class IX and their changed forms.
1. (a) After five years I came back home and (I) was met (ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହେଲା) by her at the station.
2. (a) The unique attempt was made (by Janaki) on 28 July 1 992.
1. (b) After five years I came back home and she met me at the station.
2. (b) Janaki made this unique attempt on 28 July 1 992.

•  In the above examples, the first two sentences are in the passive voice since the subjects ‘I’ and ‘the unique attempt’ are said to have been acted upon.
• But the sentences given in 1(b) and 2(b) are in the active voice as the subjects ‘she’ and ‘Janaki’ are said to be acting.
• In English, Verb has some forms, like Mood, Tense, Aspect and Voices
  [ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (Verb) ର କେତୋଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି; ଯଥା : Mood (ଭାବ), Tense (କାଳ), Aspect (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସମାପ୍ତି| ଅସମାପ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥା) ଓ Voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ) ।
• Voice of the verb is of two types, namely Active Voice and Passive Voice.
  (କ୍ରିୟାର ବାଚ୍ୟ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ।)

Active Voice :
Examples:
We do our homework regularly in this school.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ନିୟମିତ ଘରପଢ଼ା କରୁ ।)
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘We’ ହେଉଛି subject ବା ‘doer’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ), ‘do’ ହେଉଛି verb ଏବଂ homework ହେଉଛି object ବା କର୍ମ I
Now question (ଏବେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କର)

Questions:
1. Who does ? (କିଏ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
we (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ)

2. What do ? (କ’ଣ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
nework (ଘର ପଢ଼ା)

When a subject/doer does something in a sentence, the sentence is said to be in the Active Voice. (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରେ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Active Voice ରେ ଥାଏ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘something’ ହେଉଛି ‘object’ କର୍ମ ।)
ତେଣୁ “We do our homework regularly in this school” ହେଉଛି ଏକ Active Voice

N.B. Subject in the Active Voice is always aDoer or an Actor and the received thing or person is always an Object.
Active Voice ବା କର୍ଡ଼ବାଚ୍ୟରେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ହେଉଛି ଏକ ‘କାରକ’ ବା ‘କଲାବାଲା (= we) ଏବଂ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ହେଉଛି ଏକ କର୍ମ (= homework).

Passive Voice :
Examples:
Homework is done regularly in this school. (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଘରପଢ଼ା ନିୟମିତ କରାଯାଏ । )
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘Homework’ (ଘରପଢ଼ା) ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ।

1. What is done ? (କ’ଣ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
homework (ଘରପଢ଼ା)
(ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୂପକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ (action/person/thing) ଉପରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦିଆଯାଏ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Passive Voice ହୁଏ ।)

Know the differences between Active Voice and Passive Voice

Active voice	Passive voice
(1) A subject does/acts something (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ କିଛି କରେ ।)	(1) A subject is acted upon. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତାକୁ କରାଯାଏ । )
(2) As the subject acts something, it is like an Actor. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Actor ଭଳି ।)	(2) As the subject doesn’t an act, it is like a Patient. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରୁନଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Patient ଭଳି ।
(3) Verb(s) is Active verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Active verb ଅଟେ ।)	(3) Verb(s) is Passive Verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Passive verb ଅଟେ ।)

Some More Examples:
(i) (a) I have painted this picture, (ମୁଁ ଏହି ଛବିଟି ଆଙ୍କିଛି ।) (Active Voice)
(T = Subject, have painted = Active verbs, this picture = Object)

1. Who has painted?
(କିଏ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
I (ମୁଁ)

2. What have I painted?
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
= This picture.
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି)

(b) This picture has been painted by me. (Passive Voice)
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି ।)
This picture = subject/patient
has been painted = passive verbs.
(ଏଠାରେ this picture (ଚିତ୍ର)କୁ ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ନିଜେ ଆଙ୍କି ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) (a) You mustn’t take such a risk. (Active Voice)
(ତୁମେ ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
You = subject/doer/actor
must take = verbs/active verbs
such a risk = object.

(b) Such a risk mustn’t be taken by you. (Passive Voice)
(ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ତୁମଦ୍ୱାରା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
Such a risk = subject/patient
must not be taken = verbs/passive verbs.

(iii) (a) Who saved the child? (Active Voice)
(କିଏ ଏହି ପିଲାକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କଲା ?)
‘ Who’ = subject/doer/actor
‘saved’ = verb/active verb
‘the child’ = object.

(b) By whom was the child saved?
Or, Who was the child saved by ? (Passive Voice)
(ପିଲାଟିକୁ କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରାଗଲା/ରକ୍ଷା କରାଗଲା ?)
the child = subject
was saved = verbs/passive verbs.

Remember these Golden rules to convert Active Voice into Passive Voice:
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟକୁ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେରଖ)

(1) Object (©9) in the Active Voice becomes subject in the Passive Voice.
table

(2) Subject in the Active Voice becomes by + Object in Passive Voice.
table

Examples:
(i) They informed us of the accident. (Active Voice)
(they = subject, us = object)
We were informed of the accident by them. (Passive Voice)
(we = subject, them = object)

(ii) I know you. (Active Voice)
You are known to me. (Passive Voice) (not ‘by me’)

(iii) They didn’t beat her. (Active Voice)
She wasn’t beaten by them. (Passive Voice)

→ Subject ଓ Object ବ୍ୟତୀତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକର Tense (କାଳ) ଅନୁସାରେ Active ଓ Passive Voice ବ୍ୟବ୍ହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

Consider the following sentences (Step-by-step method of changing active into passive) :
Example – I:
Active Voice: Did the hunter kill the bird yesterday?
(ଶିକାରୀ ଗତକାଲି ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେଲା କି ?)

Let’s change the sentence into declarative (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବଦଳାଇବା) :
(Declarative sentence) The hunter did kill the bird yesterday.
Step – I: The hunter killed (did kill) the bird yesterday.
Step – II: The bird was killed yesterday.
Step – III: (Changing into question or interrogative using the auxiliary verb in the beginning)
Step – IV: Was the bird killed yesterday ? ( ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଗତକାଲି ମାରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା କି ? )

Example – II:
Who wrote this book ? ( ଏହି ବହି କିଏ ଲେଖିଥିଲେ ?)

Step – 1: Somebody wrote this book, (declarative)
(କେହି ଜଣେ ଏହି ବହି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ।)

Step – II : This book …………………………
(‘This book’ is used as the subject)

Step – III: This book was written ……………………
(using ‘was written’ (ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) as the passive verbs)

Step – IV: This book was written by somebody.
(ଏହି ବହିଟି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

Step – V: This book was written by whom / whom.
(Replacing ‘somebody’)(‘somebody’କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ।)

Step -VI: By whom was this book written?
Or, Who was this book written by ? (କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବହିଟି ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )

Rule I

Present simple tense in Active Voice is changed into is/am/are + Past participle’ in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Present Simple tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେ is/am/are + Pastparticiple ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: We eat ripe mangoes in summer.
[eat- Present Simple, ripe mangoes – Object]
Passive Voice ‘.Ripe mangoes are eaten (ଖ୍ରୀଯାଏ) in summer.
[Ripe mangoes- Subject, are eaten- Passive Verbs (by us)]

(ii) Active Voice: He doesn’t respect his parents. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ)
[doesn’t respect- Present Simple, his parents- Object]
Passive Voice: His parents aren’t respected by him. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
[His parents – Subject ]

(iii) Active Voice: Who listens to (ଶୁଣିବା) the radio?
[listens to – Present simple, the radio – Object]
Passive Voice: By whom is the radio listened to (ଶୁଣାଯାଏ)?
[is the radio- Subject]

Rule 2

Present Progressive Tense (is/am/are + ing) is changed into is/am/are being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ Present Progressive Tense କୁ is/am/are + being + Past Participle ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: When is Mr. Mohanty giving a party?
(is…..giving = Present Progressive, a party = Object)
Passive Voice = When is a party being given by Mr. Mohanty?
(a party = Object)

(ii) Active Voice: People are obeying the traffic rides.
(are obeying = Present Progressive, the traffic rules = Object)
Passive Voice: The traffic rules are being obeyed.

(iii) Active Voice: Am I copying down the answers?
(am…..copying = Present Progressive, the answers = Object)
Passive Voice: Are the answers being copied down?
(are……being copied down = Passive verbs, the answers = Object)

Rule 3

Present perfect (has/have + Past Participle) in Active Voice is changed into has/ have/been + Past Participle in Passive Voice
[Active Voice ରେ Present perfect tense କୁ Passive Voice 69 has been / have been + Past Participle Gରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: Who has killed the robber?
(has killed- Present Perfect, the robber = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom has the robber been killed?
(the robber = Subject, has. . . . been killed = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: The children have worked out the sum.
(have worked out = Present Perfect, the sum = Object)
Passive Voice: The sum has been worked out by the children.
(the sum = Subject, has been worked out = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Has the girl swept the rooms?
(has…..swept = Present Perfect, the rooms = Object)
Passive Voice: Have the rooms been swept by the girl?
(the rooms = Subject, have……been swept = Passive Verbs)

Rule 4

Past simple (took/didn’t take) in Active Voice is changed into was/were + Past Participle in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past Simple Tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେwas/were +Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The seller sold the vegetables at a cheap rate.
(sold = Past Simple, the vegetables = Object)
Passive Voice: The vegetables were sold at a cheap rate by the seller.
(the vegetables = Subject, were sold= Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Why did die police fire at the students?
(did….fire = Past simple, at the students = Object)
Passive Voice: Why were the students fired at by the police?
(were….fired at = Passive Verbs, the students = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Didn’t the batsman steal a run?
(Didn ’t…..steal = Past Simple, a run = Object)
Passive Voice: Wasn’t a run stolen by the batsman?
(wasn’t….stolen = Passive verbs, a run = Subject)

Rule 5

Past Progressive Tense is changed into was/were being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past progressive tense Passive Voice ରେ was/were being + Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The child was making lots of mischiefs.
(was making = Past Progressive, lots of mischiefs Object)
Passive Voice: Lots of mischiefs were being made by the child.
(Lots of mischiefs = Subject, were being made = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Jason was reading this book.
(was reading = Past Progressive, this book = Object)
Passive Voice: This book was being read by Jason.
(this book = Subject, was being read = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Who was looking at the picture?
(was looking at =Past progressive, the picture = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom was the picture being looked at?
(was being looked at = Passive verbs, the picture = Subject)

Rule 6

Past Perfect Tense (had + Past Participle) in Active Voice is used as ‘had been + Past Participle’ in Passive Voice.

(i) Active Voice: The audience had admired the song.
(had admired =Past Perfect, the song = Object)
Passive Voice: The song had been admired by the audience.
(The song =Subject, had been admired = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Had the people helped the police trace the culprit?
(Had…..helped =Past Perfect, the police = Object)
Passive Voice: Had the police been helped to trace the culprit?
(had. been helped = Passive verbs, the police = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Why had the doctor operated the patient?
(had…..operated =Past Perfect, the patient – Object)
Passive Voice: Why had the patient been operated by the doctor?
(the patient =Subject, had…been operated = Passive Verbs)

Rule 7

On Modals [can/could/shall/should/will/would may/might/must/ought to]
[‘Be +Past Participle’ should be used in Passive Voice]

(i) Active Voice: Can you help me?
Passive Voice: Can I be helped by you?

(ii) Active Voice: Why could they draw the picture?
Passive Voice: Why could the picture be drawn by them?

(iii) Active Voice: I shall show you the stall.
Passive Voice: The stall shall/will be shown to you by me.

(iv) Active Voice: The teacher will conduct the drill class.
Passive Voice: The drill class will be conducted by the teacher.

(v) Active Voice: The servant should/ought to refund the necklace.
Passive Voice: The necklace should/ought to be refunded by the servant.

(vi) Active Voice: How would you do all the sums?
Passive Voice: How would all the sums be done by you?

(vii) Active Voice: May they help this blind man?
Passive Voice: May this blind man be helped by them?

(viii) Active Voice: The ants might eat the cake.
Passive Voice: The cake might be eaten by the ants.

(ix) Active Voice: The police mustn’t accept bribes(ଲାଞ୍ଚ).
Passive Voice: The bribes mustn’t be accepted by the police

Rule 8

On People + Main Verb…..in the Main Clauses
Main Clause (ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ) People + Main Verb + ….. ଥିଲେ Passive+ Voice ରେ it is (present) / was (past) + Past Participle of Main Verb + କୁ ଉଠାଇ) / to be (is/am/are କୁ ଉଠାଇ)

(i) Active Voice: People say that the Sultan was very rich.
Passive Voice: It is said that the Sultan was very rich.
Or, The Sultan is said to be very rich.

(ii) Active Voice: People say the whole episode is boring.
Passive Voice: It is said the whole episode is boring.
Or, The whole episode is said to be boring.

(iii) Active Voice: People consider that the Government will vote against the issue.
Passive Voice: It is considered that the Government will vote against the issue.
Or, The government is considered to vote against the issue.

Rule 9

(On To+Infinitive)
(A) ‘To’ + infinitive in the Active Voice is changed into ‘to be + Past Participle’ in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’g କୁ ଉଠାଇ Passive Voice ରେ to be + Past Participle]

(i) Active Voice: He wanted to sell his old bike. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: He wanted his old house to be sold. (to be + Past Participle)

(ii) Active Voice: The house is to let. (to be + infinitive)
Passive Voice: The house is to be let. (to be + Past Participle)

(iii) Active Voice: Tell him to examine the matter. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: Tell him the matter to be examined. (to be + Past Participle)

(B) Bare Infinitive in Active Voice changed into ‘to + infinitive’’ (except ‘let’) in Passive Voice [Active Voice ର Bare infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: They let the boy go. (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The boy was let go. (ଏଠାରେ ‘let to go’ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Active Voice: I made Amit go to the market, (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: Amit was made to go to the market, (togo- to + infinitive)

(iii) Active Voice: We heard the beggar sing a song. (sing = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The beggar was heard to sing a song, (to sing = to infinitive)

(C) ‘Ing’ infinitive in Active Voice is changed into to be + Past Participle in Passive Voice. [Active Voice ରେ ‘Ing’ infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ’to be + Past Participle’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: My watch needs mending, (mending = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: My match needs to be mended.

(ii) Active Voice: These shoes need polishing, (polishing = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: These shoes need to be polished

Rule 10

On Imperative sentences [Active Voice ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶ/ଅନୁରୋଧ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ Passive Voice ରେ Let + object + be + Past Participle (ଆଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଏବଂ You are requested /warned (ଅନୁରୋଧ/ସତର୍କତା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ]

(i) Active Voice : Keep to the left (ବାମ ପଟେ ମାଡ଼ିଥିବା) (ଆଦେଶ)
Passive Voice: You are ordered/directed to keep to the left.

(ii) Active Voice: Obey your betters. (ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର କଥା ମାନ) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your betters = Object)
Passive Voice: Let your betters be obeyed.
Or, You are advised to obey your betters.

(iii) Active Voice : Do the sums quickly. (ଆଦେଶ) (ଅଙ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର କଷିପକାଅ ।)
(the sums = Object)
Passive Voice: Let the sums be done quickly.
Or, You are ordered to do the sums quickly.

(iv) Active Voice: Don’t run into the middle of the road (ସତର୍କ).
(ରାସ୍ତାର ମଝିରେ ଦୌଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।)
Passive Voice: You are warned not to run into the middle of the road.
Or, You are forbidden (ବାରଣ) to run into the middle of the road.
(‘Forbidden’ ବା ‘ବାରଣ’ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଥିରେ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(v) Active Voice : Please consult the doctor. (ଦୟାକରି ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର ।) (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(the doctor = Object)
Passive Voice: You are requested to consult the doctor.

(vi) Active Voice: Keep your promise. (ନିଜର ଶପଥ|ଜବାବ ରଖ ।) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your promise = Object)
Passive Voice: You are advised to keep your promise.
Or, Let your promise be kept.

(vii) Active Voice : Prepare (yourself) for the worst. (ବିପଦପାଇଁ ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।)
Passive Voice: Be prepared for the worst.

Rule 11

Got + Past Participle is used with several verbs in Passive Voice
[ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କେତେକ verb; ଯଥା – arrested, caught, confused, divorced, drunk, elected, engaged, killed, lost, married, cut. ଆଦି ସହିତ got + verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । )
[Here the actions are caused by somebody else other than the subject(s).] [ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘କର୍ତ୍ତା’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ନହୋଇ ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି କାରକ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋଇଥାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: The barber cut his hair. (ବାରିକ ତା’ର କେଶ କାଟିଲା ।)
Passive Voice: He got/had his hair cut. (ସେ ତା’ର କେଶ କଟାଇଲା ।)
(ii) Active Voice: The members elected him as the chairperson.
Passive Voice: He got elected as the chairperson.

Some More Examples:
(i) We got delayed in the traffic jam. (Passive Voice)
(ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ଭିଡ଼ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମର ବିଳମ୍ବ ହୋଇଗଲା ।)
(ii) Mitali got married last month. (Passive Voice)
(ମିତାଲିର ଗତମାସରେ ବିଭାଘର ହେଲା ।)
(iii) The captives in the dungeon got killed in the encounter. (Passive Voice)

Ruel 12

Being + Past Participle
In Passive being + Past Participle is used with verb ‘like% prepositions without / of. [Passive Voice ରେ verb ‘like’ ‘ଏବଂ preposition ‘without’ ‘ଏବଂ ‘‘of ସହିତ being + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Nobody likes being blamed. (କେହି ନିନ୍ଦିତ ହେବାକୁ/ନିନ୍ଦା ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)
(ii) I don’t like being criticised. (ମୁଁ ସମାଲୋଚିତ ହେବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ନାହିଁ । )
(iii) He attended the party without being invited.
(ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ନହୋଇ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ନପାଇ ସେ ଭୋଜିରେ ଯୋଗଦେଲେ ।)
(iv) She won’t go out at night. She is afraid of being attacked by the thieves.
(ସେ ରାତିରେ ବାହାରକୁ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ । ସେ ଚୋରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରମଣର ଶିକାର ହେବାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।)

Correct Forms of Verbs:
Correct forms of verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ଠିକ୍‌ରୂପ କହିଲେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର Passive form କୁ ବୁଝୁ ।

Remember the following rules :
(i) General truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ) – is/are + Past Participle ofMain Verb.

• Cheese is made from milk. (Passive Voice) (make)
  (କ୍ଷୀରରୁ ଛେନା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ | ତିଆରି କରାଯାଏ ।)
• ONIDA TVs are manufactured in Japan. (manufacture)
  (ଓନିଡ଼ା ଟେଲିଭିଜନ୍‌ ଜାପାନରେ ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।)
• Vegetables are kept in the fridge to preserve them. (keep)
  (ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ରଖୁବାପାଇଁ ପନିପରିବାକୁ ଫ୍ରିଜରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।)

(ii) Past incidents (ଅତୀତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – was/were + Past Participle of Main Verb (yesterday/ in 2016/ last year/month etc.)

• The first World War wasfought in 1914. (fight)
  (୧୯୧୪ ରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିଶ୍ଵଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସଂଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• I was bought a mobile yesterday, (buy)
  (ଗତକାଲି ମୋ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୋବାଇଲ କିଣା ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• Penicilin was discoveredby SirAlexander Fleming, (discover)
  (ଆଲେକ୍‌ଜାଣ୍ଡାର ଫ୍ଲେମିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ପେନ୍‌ସିଲିନ୍‌ ଉଦ୍ଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Future incidents (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – will be + Past Participle ofMain Verb
(tomorrow / the next day/ in 2021/ thefollowing month/year )

• The next World Cup in cricket will be held in 2019. (hold)
  (ପରବର୍ତୀ କ୍ରିକେଟ ବିଶ୍ୱକପ୍ ୨୦୧୯ରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବ ।)
• The flood-affected people will be granted BPL cards soon. (grant)
  (ବନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର BPL Cards ଦିଆଯିବ ।)
• Hritik’s birthday will be observed Sunday next. (observe)
  (ବ୍ରିତିକ୍‌ର ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତା ରବିବାର ଦିନ ପାଳିତ ହେବ ।)

Activity-1

Verbs in some of the following sentences are active, in some passive. Identify them and then write A for active sentences and (P) for the passive ones in the box given against each sentence.
(i) Prakash killed a snake with a stick.
(ii) Mother has made a sweet cake for me.
(iii) Mr. Patnaik has been selected President of the Congress Party.
(iv) R.N. Tagore wrote the Gitanjali.
(v) Why was he beaten?
(vi) He must have finished his work by now.
Answers
(i) A
(ii) A
(iii) P
(iv) A
(v) P
(vi) A

Activity-2

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form:
(i) A car will (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought (କିଣାହେବ) next year if the savings increase.

(ii) Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake in Japan last year.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) in the earthquake in Japan last year.

(iii) What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured (ଯାହାର ନାହିଁ ଉପଚାର) must be endured ( ସହିବା ଅଟେ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର).

(iv) He should (punish) for telling a lie.
Answer:
He should bepunished (ଦଣ୍ଡିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ) for telling a lie.

(v) English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରାଯାଏ) all over the world.

(vi) The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired ( ମରାମତି ହେଉଥୁଲା) when I saw it last year.

(vii) The accident might (cause) due to the carelessness of the driver.
Answer:
The accident might be caused ( ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ) due to the carelessness of the driver.

(viii) People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are being denied (ମିଳୁନାହିଁ) justice these days.

(ix) His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said (କୁହାଯାଏ) to have been a landlord.

(x) I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like to be left (ସ୍ଥାନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାର) alone.

Activity-3

Hereunder is a letter written by a father to his son. Rewrite it changing the verbs in brackets into their appropriate forms:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to (hold) on your school premises this evening. I (tell) that the Governor of our state has (invite) to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which (held) at your school. You would certainly(be awarded) some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor ifI (invite) to file function and (be) present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Answer:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to be held on your school permises this evening. I was told that the Governor of our state has been invited to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which was held at your school. You would certainly be awarded some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor if I had been invited to the function and had been present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Activity- 4

The following is a part of a newspaper report. Use the verbs supplied in brackets in their appropriate forms:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar (bum) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women (bum) alive. All the belongings of the people (completely destroy) in the fire. About two hundred people (render) homeless and eighty people (hospitalize) for treatment of their injury (cause) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire (still shrouded) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people (badly need) at this hour.

Answer:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar were burnt (ଜଳିପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇଗଲା) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women were burnt alive (ଜୀବନ୍ତ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲେ). All the belongings of the people were completely destroyed (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧ୍ୱଂସ ହୋଇଗଲା) in the fire. About two hundred people were rendered (ଗୃହଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ) homeless and eighty people were hospitalised (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଗଲା । କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) for treatment of their injury caused (ଘଟିଥିବା) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire is still shrouded (ରହସ୍ୟଘେରରେ ରହିଛି) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people is badly needed (ନିହାତି ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି) at this hour.

Activity-5

Write a passive sentence for each of the following situations, using the active verbs supplied in brackets. The first one has been done for you:
Example:
(i) My grandfather did not die. (murder)
Answer:
He was murdered.

(ii) People say he resigned his job, but he didn’t. (sack)
Answer:
He was sacked. (ତାକୁ ଚାକିରିରୁ ବହିଷ୍କାର କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) He did not leave the examination hall. (ask to leave)
Answer:
He was asked to leave. (ତା’କୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଯିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା ।)

(iv) The shop did not open. (close down)
Answer:
It was closed down. (ଏହାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(v) He didn’t do his homework yesterday. (punish)
Answer:
He was punished. (ତାକୁ ଦଣ୍ଡ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)

(vi) He could not come out of water. (drown)
Answer:
He was drowned. (ସେ ବୁଡ଼ିଗଲା ।)

(vii) My request was not entertained. (turn down)
Answer:
It was turned down. (ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରାଗଲା ।)

(viii) The doctor didn’t come in time. People waited for him. (keep)
Answer:
They were kept waiting. (ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷାରତ ରଖାଗଲା ।)

Activity- 6

Study the following situations and write a passive sentence for each of them. The first one has been down for you.
1. You want to talk about the Odia Bhagabat, You would like to mention its author Jagannath Das.
Answer:
The Odia Bhagabat was written by Jagannath Das.

2. You would like to talk about the prize your friend Mohan won. You would also like to mention your friend’s name.
Answer:
The prize was won by my friend Mohan.

3. You have seen one of your friends breaking a chair. You have to report the matter to your class teacher without disclosing your friend’s name.
Answer:
A chair has been broken.

4. Your teacher asks you to write anessayinaweek’s time. You are not sure of yourself You have to tell your teacher that you will finish it in time. But you don’t want to take a risk.
Answer:
The essay can’t be written in a week’s time.

5. You want to talk about the delicious cakes your villagers make during the Raja festival every year. You are at this moment not interested in the villages.
Answer:
Delicious cakes are made during the Raja festival every year.

6. You don’t know who created the earth long ago. You want to talk about its creation.
Answer:
Our earth was created long ago.

7. You want to tell you best friend that your other friends will celebrate his birthday this year. You don’t want to say who they are.
Answer:
My birthday will be celebrated this year.

Activity-7

Use the verbs given in brackets in the following sentences in the correct form:
(i) Originally, this novel (write) in Hindi, but it (translate) into Odia in 1990.
Answer:
Originally, this novel was written in Hindi, but it was translated into Odia in 1990.

(ii) Cheese (make) from milk.
Answer:
Cheese is made from milk.

(iii) An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody (injure), the ambulance (not require).
Answer:
An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody was injured the ambulance was not required.

(iv) The office is in a mess. The telephone (never answer), no proper records (keep) and no work (do).
Answer:
The office is in a mess. The telephone is never answered, no proper records are kept and no work is done.

(v) A tree is lying across the road. It (blow down) in the storm.
Answer:
A tree is lying across the road. It has been blown down in the storm.

(vi) The letter (post) a week ago and it reached me yesterday.
Answer:
The letter was posted a week ago and it reached me yesterday.

(vii) The child playing on the road (run over) by a truck.
Answer:
The child playing on the road was run over by a truck.

Activity-8

The following are the instructions given for making tea using tea bags. Make them carefully and write the process in the passive form as per the instructions given: The first one has been done for you.
The Instructions are :
1. Use one tea bag to make each cup of tea.
2. Place the required number of tea bags in the kettle.
3. Add boiling water as per the requirement.
4. Stir the water, but make sure that the tea bags do not open.
5. Allow the tea to stand for five minutes.
6. Pour the tea into cups.
7. Add sugar and milk to taste.

How tea is made, using tea bags:
1. One tea-bag is used for making each cup of tea.
2. The required number of tea bags is placed in the kettle.
3. Boiling water is added as per the requirement.
4. The water is stirred, but it should be made sure that the tea bags don’t open.
5. The tea is allowed to stand for five minutes.
6. The tea is poured into cups.
7. Sugar and milk is added to taste.

The Passive Additional Questions With Answers

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form :
1. The temple (build) in the twelfth century.
Answer:
The temple was built in the twelfth century.

2. Wait! Your bicycle (repair) now.
Answer:
Wait! Your bicycle is being repaired now.

3. If you have a wound, you (advise) to wash it clean.
Answer:
If you have a wound, you are advised to wash it clean.

4. Louis Pasteur proved that diseases (cause) by germs.
Answer:
Louis Pasteur proved that diseases are caused by germs.

5. The house (construct) last year.
Answer:
The house was constructed last year.

6. The sunflower (can grow) in any type of soil.
Answer:
The sunflower can be grown in any type of soil.

7. More buildings (erect) in the future.
Answer:
More buildings will be erected in the future.

8. The plant (should water) regularly.
Answer:
The plant should be watered regularly.

9. The blackboard looks clean. It (clean) by the boy.
Answer:
The blackboard looks clean. It has been cleaned by the boy.

10. I don’t like (ask) stupid questions.
Answer:
I don’t like being asked stupid questions.

11. Did any of these houses (damage) during the cyclone?
Answer:
Did any of these houses get damaged during the cyclone?

12. The Gitanjali (write) by R.N. Tagore.
Answer:
The Gitanjali was written by R.N. Tagore.

13. English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken all over the world.

14. People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are denied justice these days.

15. I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like being left alone.

16. Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake last week.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake last week.

17. She (sting) by a bee yesterday.
Answer:
She got stung by a bee yesterday.

18. Rahim (like) by everybody.
Answer:
Rahim is liked by everybody.

19. About 50 workers (arrest) during the last strike.
Answer:
About 50 workers were arrested during the last strike.

20. A car (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought next year if the savings increase.

21. What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured, must be endured.

22. The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired when I saw it last year.

23. His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said to have been a landlord.

24. I (invite) to the function but I didn’t go there.
Answer:
I was invited to the function but I didn’t go there.

25. Smoking (prohibit) in public places.
Answer:
Smoking is prohibited in public places.

26. The thief(beat) severely by the police.
Answer:
The thief was beaten severely by the police.

27. My purse (steal) yesterday.
Answer:
My purse was stolen yesterday.

28. Rice (produce) in Odisha.
Answer:
Rice is produced in Odisha.

29. Konark Temple (build) Langula Narasingha Dev.
Answer:
Konark Temple was built by Langula Narasingha Dev.

30. Let him (tell) to go.
Answer:
Let him be told to go.

31. He (say) to be an honest man.
Answer:
He is said to be an honest man.

32. The batsman (declare) out for his misconduct.
Answer:
The batsman was declared out for his misconduct.

33. Cricket (not play) in the USA.
Answer:
Cricket is not played in the USA.

34. Mangoes (eat) in summer.
Answer:
Mangoes are eaten in summer.

35. The book (publish) yesterday
Answer:
The book was published yesterday.

Change the sentences into passive form.

1. The gardener waters the plants.
Answer:
The plants are watered by the gardener.

2. Janaki made the unique attempt on 28 July 1992.
Answer:
The unique attempt was made by Janaki on 28 July 1992.

3. Someone stole my pen.
Answer:
My pen was stolen.

4. The children are playing football in this playground.
Answer:
Football is being played by the children in this playground.

5. The students have decorated the room beautifully.
Answer:
The room has been decorated beautifully by the students.

6. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The thief was arrested.

7. People say that elephants have good memories.
Answer:
It is said that elephants have good memories.

8. Father gave the son fifty rupees.
Answer:
The son was given fifty rupees.

9. I made him write the essay.
Answer:
He was made to write the essay.

10. I saw him crossing the road.
Answer:
He was seen crossing the road.

11. These clothes need washing.
Answer:
The clothes need to be washed.

12. She has made a sweet cake for me.
Answer:
A sweet cake has been made for me.

13. Kalidas wrote Meghadoot.
Answer:
Meghdoot was written by Kalidas.

14. Somebody killed the snake with a stick.
Answer:
The snake was killed with a stick.

15. Why did he beat him?
Answer:
Why was he beaten?

16. When did he write the letter?
Answer:
When was the letter written by him?

17. Has anyone received the news?
Answer:
Has the news been received?

18. Can you draw a picture?
Answer:
Can a picture be drawn by you?

19. Do you know him?
Answer:
Is he known by you?

20. Who broke the window?
Answer:
By whom was the window broken?

21. How did you break the slate?
Answer:
How was the slate broken?

22. We grow rice in this part of the country.
Answer:
Rice is grown in this part of the country.

23. The customs officers seized the boat.
Answer:
The boat was seized by the customs officer.

24. The child has fed the cow.
Answer:
The cow has been fed by the child.

25. You must not take such a big risk.
Answer:
Such a big risk must not be taken by you.

26. Someone saved the bird.
Answer:
The bird was saved.

27. Did he write the poem?
Answer:
Was the poem written by him?

28. We elected him monitor.
Answer:
He was elected monitor.

29. Shut the door.
Answer:
Let the door be shut.

30. Prepare yourself for the worst.
Answer:
Be prepared for the worst.

31. Ants may eat the cakes.
Answer:
The cakes may be eaten by ants.

32. I hate people laughing at me.
Answer:
I hate being laughed at.

33. Nobody can defeat Biswa in chess.
Answer:
Biswa cannot be defeated in chess.

34. His pencil needs mending.
Answer:
His pencil needs to be mended.

35. We heard her laugh.
Answer:
She was to heard to laugh.

36. They will hold a meeting.
Answer:
A meeting will be held by them.

37. The farmers produce wheat in Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat is produced in Punjab.

38. The farmers were sowing the seeds.
Answer:
The seeds were being sown by the farmers.

39. March on.
Answer:
You are commanded to march on.

40. Keep on your promise
Answer:
Let your promise be kept.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Study the following sentences:
(i) The book is on the table. (ବହିଟି ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) The book on the table is mine. (ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଥିବା ବହି ମୋର ।)
(iii) I put the book on the table. (ମୁଁ ବହିଟିକୁ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ରଖୁଲି ।)
(iv) The table is full of books. (ଟେବୁଲ ବହିରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ।)

1. In these sentences the preposition on and of tell us the position of the book in relation to the table.
(ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ସହିତ ବହିର ସ୍ଥିତି ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ preposition on ଓ of ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି ।)
2. Preposition is a word used before a noun or a pronoun to show its relation with the other word(s) in a sentence.
[Preposition ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହାକି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ସଂପର୍କ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Here the other word is the noun or pronoun used as the Subject.
ଏଠାରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ କହିଲେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ noun ବା pronoun.

Difference between Adverb and Preposition :

Adverb Particle	Preposition
It modifies the verb or verb phrase. (ଏହା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାକ୍ୟାଶକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ ।) (i) The sun sank down. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ତଗାମୀ ହେଲା ।) (sank = verb) (ii) The birds are flying above. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।) (are flying = verb phrase)	It goes / is used before the noun phrase (ଏହା noun phrase ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।) (i) The sun sank down the hill. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳକୁ ଢଳିଗଲା ।) (the hill = noun phrase) (ii) The birds are flying above the tree. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଗଛ ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।) (the tree = noun phrase)

Remember
‘down the hill’ and ‘above the tree’ are Prepositional phrases since they begin with Prepositions respectively ‘down’ and ‘above’.
[‘down the hill’ ଏବଂ ‘above the tree’ ହେଭଛକ୍ତି prepositions କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼କ Prepositional ‘down’ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ ‘down’ ଓ ‘above’ ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।]

Differences Between Preposition and Conjunction

Preposition (ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ)	Conjunction (ସଂଯୋଗ ଅବ୍ୟୟ)
Used before noun or noun phrase. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୁର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।) Examples: We must be ready before their arrival. (ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।) (their arrival = noun phrase)	Connects or joins two clauses. (ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ Conjunction ଯୋଗକରେ ।) Examples: We must be ready before they arrive. (ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।) (before they arrive = clause)

Types of Prepositions :

There are SIX different kinds of prepositions.

1. Simple Preposition (Single-word prepositions)
at, in, on, through, over, under, off, up, with, down, of, by, from, etc.
Examples:
He is at home.
The tree was cut down by me.
This man has passed through many troubles.
The road is under repair. (ରାସ୍ତା ନିର୍ମାଣାଧୀନ)
The sun shines over the earth. (ଉପରେ)
I am weak in mathematics.

2. Double Prepositions :
out of, from within, from among, from under, etc.
Examples:
A terrible voice came from within my heart. (ମୋ ହୃଦୟ ଭିତରୁ)
Deepak was selected from among two hundred candidates. (ମଧ୍ୟରୁ)
A huge (ବିଶାଳ) snake emerged (ବାହାରି ଆସିଲା) from under the water. (ଭିତରୁ)
Father drove the servant out of the house. (ଘରୁ)

3. Compound prepositions :
(Prepositions formed by prefixing a preposition, usually ‘be’ (-by), or a (-on) to a Noun, Adjective or Adverb)
about (on + by + out), across (on + cross), above, across, along, amidst, around, before (by + fore), behind, between, within, inside, outside, along with, alongside, throughout.
Examples:
Tell me about your family. (ବିଷୟରେ)
He ran the wire across the ground. (ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ)
Visit me around 5 p.m today. (ପାଖାପାଖ୍)
We have a garage behind the building. (ପଛପଟେ)
It has been raining throughout the day. (ଦିନସାରା)
He gets happiness among friends. (ମଧ୍ୟରେ, ଗ୍ରହଣରେ)

4. Phrase Prepositions (Prepositional phrases):
(two or more words ending in a preposition, but used together with the force a single preposition) according to (ଅନୁସାରେ), by dint of (ବଳରେ, ପରିଶ୍ରମ, ପୁଣ୍ୟ, ସଚୋଟତା ଆଦି), because of (କାରଣରୁ । ଯୋଗୁଁ) , with regard to (ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ । ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ), by means of (ଯୋଗୁଁ), an account of (ହେତୁ / କାରଣରୁ), in respect of (ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ), on the brink of, on the point of (ହେବା । ଘଟିବା ଉପରେ) etc.
Examples:
Have you anything to say with reference to this question?
(ଏହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ବିଷୟରେ ତୁମର କିଛି କହିବାର ଅଛି ?)
The patient is on the verge / point of death. (ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ମୃତ୍ୟୁର ଦ୍ଵାରଦେଶରେ ।)
He disclosed the matter in the course of the conversation.
(କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଘଟଣାଟିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲା ।)
Mahesh secured the first class by dint of labour.
(ପରିଶ୍ରମ ବଳରେ । ସହାୟତାରେ) ମହେଶ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲାଭ କଲା ।
Father couldn’t go (ଯାଇପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ) to his office on account of (ଯୋଗୁଁ) illness ( ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା).

5. Participial Prepositions :
(Present and past Participles are used as prepositions)
concerning, considering, regarding, during, pending, etc.
Examples:
I shall talk to him concerning the matter. (ଘଟଣା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମ ସହିତ କଥାହେବି)
I will go home during (ସମୟରେ) the next Puja.
Considering his age (ତାହାର ବୟସକୁ ବିଚାରକରି ।) he was let off ( ଛାଡ଼ିଦିଆଗଲା).

6. Disguised Prepositions :
It is seven o'() clock. (o= disguised preposition)

Forms of Objects Governed by Prepositions:
⇒ Prepositions can have the following forms of objects:
(i) Noun (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ): The book is on the table.
Malati cut her finger with a knife.

(ii) Pronoun (ସର୍ବନାମ): Father was speaking to him.
The school boy will play with us.

(iii) Adjective (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ) : Always be kind to the poor (ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଦୟାଶୀଳ ହୁଅ ।)
He is good at mathematics.

(iv) Infinitive (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) :
Sheela does nothing but play.
The old man is about to die.

(v) Gerund (a verb with ‘ing’ functioning like a noun is a gerund.) :
He is fond of reading novels. (reading – gerund)
You will gain nothing by asking him for help. (asking – gerund)

(vi) Adverb (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ) :
Some adverbs of time or place are used as objects of prepositions :
We shall begin the work from now. (now – adverb of time) (ଏବେଠାରୁ)
I began from where I ended. (where – adverb of place) (ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ)
Nothing lasts for ever. (ever – adverb of time)

(vii) Phrase ( ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
The laboures worked for over eight hours. (for over eight hours – phrase) The stranger came from across the river. (from across the river – phrase) This thing happened within a few hours of his arrival.
(within a few hours of his arrival – phrase)

(viii) Noun clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
I told you of what I had heard. (of preposition) (ମୁଁ ଯାହା ଶୁଣିଥୁଲି ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହିଲି ।)
Your success depends on how you perform in the examination. (on – preposition)
(ତୁମେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ କିପରି କରୁଛ ତାହା ଉପରେ ତୁମର ସଫଳତା ନିର୍ଭର କରୁଛି ।)

Preposition of Manner and Method :
They faced the situation with courage (ସାହସର ସହିତ)
We won the game with ease (ସହଜରେ).
The old furniture was sold at auction ( ନିଲାମରେ ବିକ୍ରିହେଲା).
I filled the basket with sand (ବାଲିରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କଲି).
The house was destroyed by fire (ନିଆଁଦ୍ଵାରା).
He purchased the land through a broker (ଏକ ଦଲାଲ ଦ୍ଵାରା).

Preposition of Cause, Reason and Purpose :
The man died of cholera.
The poor laborer ମୂଲିଆ died from overwork.
He is suffering from fever.
Gandhiji worked for the good of his countrymen (ଦେଶବାସୀ).
The man fled away (ପଳାୟନକଲା) for the fear of being arrested (ଗିରଫ ହେବା ଭୟରେ).
The guilty boy (ଦୋଷୀ ବାଳକ) was trembling (ଥରୁଥୁଲା) with fear (ଭୟରେ).

Possession (ଅଧ୍କାର)
He is a man of means. (ଧନଶାଳୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
A man of truth is respected by all.
I know the lady with golden hair.

Contrast Concession (ବିରୋଧୀଭାବ)
For all his wealth (ସମସ୍ତ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି ଥାଇ ସୁଦ୍ଧା) he isn’t happy.
After (in spite of) (ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) such hard labour, he couldn’t pass.
With (in spite of) all his faults (ତାହାର ସମସ୍ତ ତ୍ରୁଟି ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) I like him.

Direction and Motion (ଦିଗ ଓ ଗତି)
The earth moves round (ଚାରିପଟେ) the sun.
The boat was sailing down (ତଳ ଆଡ଼କୁ) the river.
The boy returned home from (ରୁ) school.
My friend is coming towards (ଆଡ଼କୁ) me.
The thief rushed into (ଝାଡ଼ ବେଗରେ ପଶିଗଲା) the room.

Source of origin, motive, inference (ଉତ୍ସ, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଅନୁମାନ)
Rain comes from the clouds.
Light comes from the sun.
He did it from malice. (ଈଷା)
This famous line is from Shakespeare’s famous tragedy.

Measure, rate, value (ମାପ, ମୂଲ୍ୟ, ହାର)
Cloth is sold by the meter.
I am older than Rama by two years.
This room is fifteen feet (length) by eleven feet. (width ପ୍ରଶସୁ)

Mark the end-position of the prepositions in the following examples :
(ତଳଲିଖୁତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ଶେଷରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ prepositions କୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର)
(i) She needs a pen to write with.
[to write with = non-finitive phrase.]
(ସେ ଲେଖୁବା ପାଇଁ ଏକ କଲମ ଦରକାର କରୁଛି ।)

(ii) Who were you talking to? [Who = Wh-question.]
(ତୁମେ କାହା ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲ ?)

(iii) What I am sure of is that Gopal will succeed. [What I am sure of is Wh-clause] (ମୁଁ ଯେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଅଟେ ତାହା ହେଉଛି ଗୋପାଳ ସଫଳ ହେବ ।)

(iv) That is the article (which) I told you about.
[I told you about = Relative Clause.]
(ଇଏ ସେହି ଜିନିଷ ଯାହା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହୁଥୁଲି ।)

(v) What a difficult situation I was put into !
[Exclamation = ବିସ୍ମୟ]
(ମୁଁ କି ଅସୁବିଧାଜନକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପଡ଼ିଯାଇଥିଲି !)

(vi) War reporters sometimes get shot at.
[get + Past Participle = Passive construction.]
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତକାରୀ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଗୁଳିମାଡ଼ର ଶିକାର ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

Preposition Of Place

1. At
1. at the door (ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ)
at the gate (ଫାଟକ ନିକଟରେ)
at school
at college
at sea (ଜଳଯାତ୍ରା ସମୟରେ)
at the Samrat / Ritz Cinema (ସମ୍ରାଟରିଜ୍ ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାଳୟରେ)
at airport (ବିମାନଘାଟୀରେ)
at the station
at the funeral ceremony (ଶବ ସଂସ୍କାର ସମୟରେ)
at the window (ଝରକା ପାଖରେ)
at her desk
at the bus-stop (ବସ ରହଣୀ ସ୍ଥଳରେ)
at University (ବିଶ୍ବବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ)
at work (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ)
at the party (ଭୋଜିରେ )
at the meeting (ସଭାରେ)
at a football / cricket match
at the concert (ସଂଗୀତ ସଭାରେ)

2. ‘At’ if it means somebody’s house [‘At’ ଯଦି ଜଣଙ୍କର ଘରକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ] Examples :
(i) He is at his uncle’s (house). ( ମାମୁଘରେ)
(ii) The patient is at the doctor’s (clinic). (ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କର କ୍ଲିନିକ୍‌ରେ)
(iii) Satish was at the hairdresser’s. (ସେଲୁନରେ)

3. A point of place during a journey (ଯାତ୍ରାବେଳେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ) Examples:
(i) Do you know if the train stops at Bhubaneswar?
(ii) They stopped at a small town on the way to New Delhi.

2. In
1. in the garden (ବଗିଚାଭିତରେ )
in the river (ନଦୀ ଭିତରେ)
in the bottle (ବୋତଲରେ )
in the sky
in the sea
in a queue (ଏକ ଲମ୍ବାଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a/ the mirror
in a/ the magazine (ଏକ ପତ୍ରିକାରେ )
in his hand (ତା’ ହାତ ଭିତରେ)
in the Andamans (ଆଣ୍ଡାମାନ ଦ୍ଵୀପପୁଞ୍ଜରେ)
in the park
in the field
in a line (ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a photograph (ଏକ ଫଟୋରେ)
in a/the book

2. ‘In’ with cities, towns, villages [ନଗର, ସହର, ଗ୍ରାମ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ In]
Examples:
(i) Samir lives in London. (ନଗର)
(ii) They live in Rourkela. (ସହର)
(iii) I work in Jairampur. (ଗ୍ରାମ)

IN(Building)	AT(point of place)
(i) There are many customers in the shop	(i) Go along the road and turn left at the shop
(ii) It was cold in the library	(ii) We are at the library choosing books

3. On
1. on the notice board
on your shirt
on the ground
on the floor (କଟାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the door (କବାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the wall
on the grass
on the desk (ଡେସ୍କ ଉପରେ)
on the island (ଦ୍ବୀପରେ, ଯଦି ଦ୍ୱୀପ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହୋଇଥାଏ)
on the first/ second floor

2. open place (ଖୋଲାସ୍ଥାନ)
on the railway (ରେଳବାଇରେ )
on the /a farm
on the/ a rubber/tea/ teak plantation (ରବର, ଚାହା ଓ ସାଗୁଆନ ବଗିଚାରେ)
on the campus.

4. By
1. ‘By’ means next to/beside (ପାଖରେ)
Come and sit by me [ଆସ ଓ ମୋ ପାଖରେ ବସ ।]
2. Measurement
(i) Abinash won the car race by ten meters.
(ii) My father’s salary has increased by 20 percent.
3. Above / Over
(i) The plane is flying above / over the town. [ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ସହର ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛି ।]
(ii) Flags waved above/over our heads. [ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ପତାକାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭଡ଼ିଲା । ]
Remember
‘above lover’ describe a vertical relationship.
[above/ over vertical ବା ଲମ୍ବଜ ସଂପର୍କକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]

5. Over
1. Across/ from one side to the other [ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ]
(i) There is a bridge over the river. [ନଦୀର ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୋଲ ଅଛି ।]
2. (i) The sun is over our heads. [ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The girl is leaning over the wall. [ଝିଅଟି କାନ୍ଥ ଉପରେ ଆଉଜେଇ ହୋଇଛି ।]
(iii) The building cost over Rs. 1 lakh. [କୋଠାଘରଟି ଲକ୍ଷରୁ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଟଙ୍କା ପଡ଼ିଲା ।]

6. Above / Below
(i) There is a temple above the house.
(ii) The house is below the temple.

7. Under
(i) There is a cat under the table. [ଟେବୁଲ ତଳେ ବିଲେଇଟିଏ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The patient is under treatment. [ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।]
(i) Gases become liquid under pressure. [ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଚାପ ଦ୍ବାରା ତରଳରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।] (iv) Your application is under consideration. [ତୁମ ଦରଖାସ୍ତ ବିଚାରାଧୀନ ଅଛି ।]

8. Along (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ)
(i) The boy is walking along the road. [ବାଳକଟି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାଉଛି । ] (‘on’ ନୁହେଁ )
(i) The bus was running along the street. [ବସ୍‌ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ତୀବ୍ର ଗତିରେ ଚାଲୁଥିଲା । ]

9. Across [from one side to the other (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)]
The man is going / walking across the road.[ଲୋକଟି ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟକୁ ଯାଉଛି ।]

10. Through
(i) The road goes through the tunnel. [ରାସ୍ତାଟି ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇ ଯାଇଛି । ]

11. To / Towards [To : for destination (ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସ୍ଥଳ) ଏବଂ Towards : for ‘direction’ (ଦିଗ)]
(i) They are going to Konark. [ସେମାନେ କୋଣାର୍କକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।]
(ii) saw them running towards the field. [ମୁଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କ୍ଷେତଆଡ଼କୁ ଦୌଡ଼ିଯାଉଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି । ]

12. In front of (ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ। ଆଗରେ)
There is a garden in front of the school. [ସ୍କୁଲ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବଗିଚା ଅଛି ।]

13. Behind [ପଛରେ (at the back of)]
The motorcycle is behind the motorcar. [ମୋଟର ସାଇକେଲ କାର୍ ପଛରେ ଅଛି । ]

14. Opposite (ଆଗରେ | ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ| ମୁହଁ କରି | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ)
Mita is sitting opposite Gita. [ମିତା, ଗୀତାର ଠିକ୍ ଆଗରେ | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ ହୋଇ ବସିଛି । ]

15. Between (ମଧ୍ୟରେ | ମଝିରେ)
(i) The ball went between the player’s legs.
[ଖେଳାଳିଙ୍କ ଗୋଡ଼ ମଝିରେ ବଲ୍‌ ଗଡ଼ିଗଲା । ]
(ii) Luxumburg lies between Belgium, Germany and France.
[ବେଲଜିୟମ୍, ଜର୍ମାନୀ ଓ ଫ୍ରାନ୍ସ ଦେଇ ଲକ୍‌ ମୂବର୍ଗ ଯାଇଛି । ]
(iii) Sita is standing between Rama and Laxman.
[ରାମ ଓ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣ ମଝିରେ ସୀତା ଠିଆ ହୋଇଛି । ]

16. Among [a large number (ବହୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ|ଭିତରେ)]
Distribute the sweets among the children.
[ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମିଠାଇସବୁ ବାଣ୍ଟି ଦିଅ । ]
(ii) I tried to identify Seema among the guests.
[ଅତିଥୁମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ମୁଁ ସୀମାକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲି । ]

Mark the use of the following prepositions

AT:
I’ll see you at the station at 4 o’clock. He lives at Salipur.
‘At’ is used mainly to indicate a place or point of time.
Other uses:
at for small towns, in for large cities. at five rupees a kilo.
He is good at football/English/his work. His father died at fifty-two.

BY:
Nearness (ନିକଟତା): Come and sit by me.
Direction on movement (ଦିଗ ବା ଗତି): We come to Paradeep by way of Jagatsinghpur.
Agency (କାରକ) : The book was written (ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା) by Fakir Mohan.
Time: We traveled by day/night.
Measurement: (i) Banaras are sold by dozens.
(ii) He is older than me by two years.
By means of: Radios work by electricity.

FOR:
Space of time or distance:
(i) I am staying here for a week. (ii) The forest goes on for five kms.
Purpose, aim, intention ଭଡେଣ୍ୟ
(i) We go there for English lessons. (ii) He uses a razor () for shaving.
Direction:
Which is the bus for Kendrapara?

Point of time:
The meeting is arranged for seven a.m.
Cause (କାରଣ) :
I couldn’t see anything for thick smoke (ଘନ କୁହୁଡ଼ି ହେତୁ).
He gained (ଜିତିଲା) a medal (ପଦକ) for bravery (ସାହସିକତା).
We dance for joy.

Exchange :
He paid Rs.50/- for that picture.

FROM:
A motion away, departure (ପ୍ରଷ୍ଥ।ନ), removal :
He rose (ଉଠି ଠିଆ ହେଲା) from the chair. They came from Puri last week.
A starting point, place of origin (ଭସ୍ଥ):
He read from page 16 to 21. The wool has come from Australia.
Cause: She is suffering from fever / a cold / a headache.
Separation: He is far away from home.

IN:
Circumstances or condition (ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
In prison, in the dark, in good/bad health, in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ), in a bad temper (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
Dress, covering: Sheela was dressed in silk. The book was bound in leather.
Time: In the morning/afternoon/evening / January/2019
At the end of: In an hour, in two weeks, in three years, in 20 minutes

OF:
Genitive (ଉପସର୍ଗ) :
the tail (ଲାଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼) of the dog,
the love of God, the capital of India
Origin or authorship:
Child of poor parents,
Poems of Wordsworth
Measure, quantity:
a meter of cloth, a kilo of sugar, a box of matches.

ON:
Position :(i) The book is on the table.
(ii) London is on the Thames.
(iii) Cuttack is on the Mahanadi.
Time: On May 31st, On Thursday, On reaching home, On the morning of 10th June.
To mean “about” :
He gave a lecture on America.
A book on Indian history

ΤΟ:
Direction of Movement: They are going to Puri. Come to me.
A limit: From 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. From beginning to end
Comparison (ତୁଳନା): This car is superior/inferior/equal to that one (car).

WITH:
Accompaniment (ସହିତ) :
He came here with all his family.
Agreement (Disagreement) (ସମ୍ମତି / ଅସମ୍ମତି)
(i) I agree/disagree with him on this matter.
(ii) Don’t quarrel with me.
An instrument (ଉପକରଣ): Cut the bread with this knife.
Cause (କାରଣ): The old man was bent with age and dying with hunger.
Manner (ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା): They fought with bravery.
He stood with his hands in his pockets.
Possession (ଧାରଶ): A girl with golden hair, A house with a large garden.

ABOVE:
Directly higher than the point/ on a higher level
We flew above the clouds.
(ii) The sun rose above the clouds.
(iii) The water came above our knees.
(iv) A Headmaster ranks above an assistant teacher.
Greater in number, price, weight etc.
It weighs (ଓଜନ) above / over ten kilos.
Applicants (ଆବେଦନକାରୀ) I must be above/over the age of 21.

More than A soldier should value honor above (ଠାରୁ । ଅପେକ୍ଷା) life.
Too difficult for The book is above me.

OVER:
Covering partly (ଆଂଶିକ ଭାବରେ) or completely
Spread a cloth over the table / the floor / the bed.
At or to a level higher than, but not touching
(i) The sky is over/above our heads.
(ii) The electric wires over the street are ugly.
(iii) There was a lamp over the table.
Superiority in rank (ପଦବୀରେ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟତା)
(i) These people need a firm (ଦୃଢ଼) ruler over them.
(ii) He has no command (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ) over himself.
In every part: He is famous all over the world.
At the other side: Look over the edge.
More than The family stayed here for over a year.

ACROSS:
From one side to the other :
(i) The child ran across the road.
(ii) Draw a line across a sheet of paper.
On the other side of :
My house is just across the street.

AMONG:
Position in the middle :
You may see my house among the trees.
Included (ଅକ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ): Kalidas is among (one of) the world’s greatest poets. Sharing: The sweets are to be distributed (ବଣ୍ଟାଯିବାର ଅଛି) among the students.

UNDER:
Lower than and covered by
He put the letter under a book that was lying on the desk.
Covered by/Protected by (ଶାସିତ / ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପ୍ରଦାନ) :
In 1940 India was under British rule and its soldiers served under the British flag.
A certain state of being :
He is under treatment (ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ) for filaria.

THROUGH:
Position on movement usually from one side to the other:
(i) The train rushed (ran speedily) through the tunnel (ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ).
(ii) Look through the window.
(iii) He has come through a lot of problems.
Agency (କାରକ) :
(i) He got the job through his uncle. (by the influence of, Gala am)
(ii) He bought the property through a house agent.

Activity – 1

Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with appropriate prepositions :
(i) The young men are swimming ___________ the sea.
Answer:
In

(ii) There is a label ____________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
On

(iii) There is a TV set ____________ the corner of the room.
Answer:
In

(iv) London is ____________ the Thames.
Answer:
On (କୂଳରେ)

(v) John was brought up __________ a farm, but at the age of sixty he was sent to work ___________ a shop.
Answer:
On, at

(vi) When we visited Hyderabad, we stayed at _________ the Justa Hotel.
Answer:
In

(vii) I would prefer to work ____________ a factory.
Answer:
In

(viii) He told me that he lived ___________ 25 Ashok Nagar, Bhubaneswar.
Answer:
At

(ix) My father is employed as a cashier ____________ the local branch of the Allahabad Bank.
Answer:
In

(x) He was ___________ me at school. (Suggesting ‘lower than’)
Answer:
Under

(xi) My hat fell ___________ a chair as I was leaving the room.
Answer:
Off

(xii) He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
Under

(xiii) They were standing ___________ the hillside.
Answer:
At

(xiv) They were walking together ____________ the beach.
Answer:
on/at

(xv) He waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
At

(xvi) She divided the cake _____________ her five children.
Answer:
Between

(xvii) I can’t see any difference ___________ these two books.
Answer:
Between

(xviii) She met him _________ the front door.
Answer:
At

(xix) I was getting late, so we set off (ଯାତ୍ର।କଲୁ) __________ home.
Answer:
For

(xx) He couldn’t keep himself from falling __________ the wall.
Answer:
Off

2. Preposition Of Time

1. At
(i) ‘At’ is used to exact time [ସଠିକ୍ ସମୟ]
at 10.30 a.m
at one o’clock
at that time (ସେହି ସମୟରେ)
at the moment (ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ)
at 7 p.m
at half past five (୫ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ )
at breakfast (ପ୍ରାତଃଭୋଜନ କାଳରେ)

(ii) Before periods of time covering day and night. [ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at mid-day
at sunset
at noon (ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନରେ )
at dusk (ଗୋଧୂଳି/ପ୍ରଦୋଷରେ)
at sunrise
at night
at dawn (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁଷରେ)

(iii) Holiday periods of one or two days [ଦୁଇ ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଦିନରେ ଛୁଟି ବା ପର୍ବ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at Ester
at weekend
at New Year
at Dussehra
(iv) at 20 (୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ)
at 65 (୬୫ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ )

2. In
(i) English years [ଇଂରାଜୀ ବର୍ଷ]
in 1947
in 2008
in 1956 etc.
(ii) Seasons [ଋତୁ]
in Winter (ଶୀତ ଋତୁ)
in Spring (ବସନ୍ତ ଋତୁ)
in Summer
in Autumn (ଶରତଋତୁ), etc.
(iii) English and Odia months [ଇଂରାଜୀ ଓ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ମାସ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
in January
in February
in December
in Asadha (ଆଷାଢ଼ ମାସରେ)
in Kartik (କାର୍ତ୍ତିକ ମାସରେ) etc.
(iv) Parts of day and night
[ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ] in the night
in the midnight ( ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ )
in the morning
in the evening
in the afternoon
(v) Others [ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ]
in five days (ପାଞ୍ଚ ଦିନପରେ)
in twenty minutes(କୋଡ଼ିଏ ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ )
in an hour (ଗୋଟାଏ ଘଣ୍ଟାପରେ)

3. On
(i) Before days [ଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
on Sunday
on Monday
on Thursday, etc.
(ii) With a Single day
on 18th September
on 15th August
on Easter Sunday
on the New Year’s Day
(iii) Specific part of a day/night [ଦିନ ରାତିର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅବଧୂ]
on Tuesday afternoon (ମଙ୍ଗଳବାର ଅପରାହ୍ନରେ )
on the evening of Kumar Purnima (କୁମାରପୂର୍ଣିମା ସଂଧ୍ୟାରେ)
on a moonlit night (ଏକ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣମୀ ରାତିରେ )

4. For / Since
For” – Period of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
‘Since’ – Point of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
(i) They stayed at Gopalpur for a week. (ଏକ ସପ୍ତାହ ଧରି)
(ii) We have been waiting for twenty minutes. (୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)
(iii) We haven’t seen him since October, 2006. (ଅକ୍ଟୋବର ୨୦୧୨ ମସିହାରୁ)

5. Till / Until [ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ | ଯେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନୁହେଁ]
(i) He will be in Kolkata till/until next November.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ନଭେମ୍ବରମାସ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେ କୋଲକତାରେ ଥ‌ିବ ।)

6. By [ସୁଦ୍ଧା]
(i) I am always up by 6 o’clock in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୬ଟା ସୁଦ୍ଧା ସବୁବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିପଡ଼େ ।)
(ii) Can you clear up your dues by Saturday ?
(ଶନିବାର ସୁଦ୍ଧା ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଦରମାସବୁ ଦେଇଦେବ କି ?)

7. From / Between
‘From’ – The time when something starts.
(i) Tickets will be sold from next Wednesday.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ସୋମବାରରୁ ଟିକେଟ ବିକ୍ରି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ।)
(ii) It started raining from seven in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୭ଟାରୁ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।)
‘Between’ – a period after one time and before another.
(i) I work between the third and fourth week of every month.
(ମୁଁ ପ୍ରତିମାସରେ ୩ୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ସପ୍ତାହ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କାମ କରେ ।)

8. Before / After
‘Before’ – earlier in time (ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
‘After’ – later in time (ପରେ)
(i) Arati came before Ava. (ଆଭା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆରତୀ ଆସିଲା ।)
(ii) Ava came after Arati. (ଆରତୀ ପରେ ଆଭା ଆସିଲା ।)

9. During (Period of time) [କାଳରେ / ସମୟରେ ]
(i) People make merry during festivals.
(ପର୍ବପର୍ବାଣି ସମୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ମନୋରଂଜନ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Many people died during the War.
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସମୟରେ ବହୁତ ଲୋକ ମରିଗଲେ ।)

10. At the End / At the Beginning [ଶେଷରେ/ ଆରମ୍ଭରେ]
(i) Meet me at the end of the month. (ମାସ ଶେଷରେ ମୋତେ ଦେଖାକର ।)
(ii) Candidates sit for the exam at the end of the course.
(ପରୀକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀମାନେ ପାଠ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଶେଷରେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ବସନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) At the beginning of the concert, there were a few people.
(ସଙ୍ଗୀତସଭା ଆରମ୍ଭରେ କମ୍ ଶ୍ରୋତା ଥିଲେ ।)
The opposite of ‘at the end’ is ‘at the beginning’

11. In the End (Finally (ଶେଷରେ) ]
(i) I had a lot of problems with my bicycle; in the end I sold it for a few rupees. (ପ୍ରଥମେ ମୋ ସାଇକେଲରେ ଅନେକ ତ୍ରୁଟି ଥିଲା; ଶେଷରେ କିଛି ଟଙ୍କାରେ ମୁଁ ଏହାକୁ ବିକି ଦେଲି ।)

3. Words Followed By Preposition

1. Of
accuse of (ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
proud of (ଗର୍ବ।)
remind of (ମନେ ପକାଇଦେବା )
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା )
avail of (ସୁବିଧା ସୁଯୋଗର ସଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା)
beware of (ସାବଧାନ ହେବା)
boast of (ଗର୍ବ କରିବା )
consist of (ଗଠିତ)
inform of (ଜଣାଇବା)
rob of (ଲୁଟିନେବା)
fond of (ପ୍ରିୟ| ଆଗ୍ରହୀ )
full of (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
complain of (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା/ରୋଗ ବିଷୟରେ କହିବା)
die of (ରୋଗରୁ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିବା)
made of (ତିଆରି କରିବା) (ମୂଳ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ସତ୍ତା ଥିବା)
warn of ( ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
afraid of (ଭୟଭୀତ)
ashamed of (ଲଜିତ)
innocent of (ନିରାହ)
sure of (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ)
tired of (8)
jealous of (ଈର୍ଷାପରାୟଣ )
careful of (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
capable of (ସମର୍ଥ)
cause of (କାରଣ)

2. To / Into
add to (ବଢ଼ାଇବା| ବୃଦ୍ଧିକରିବା)
appeal to (ନିବେଦନ କରିବା)
behave to/ towards
(ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା )
compare to ( ଅସାମଞ୍ଜସ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି| ବସ୍ତୁ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରିବା)
turn into (ପରିଣତ ହେବା)
explain to (ବୁଝାଇବା)
solution to (ସମାଧାନ)
friendly to (ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
object to (ବିରୋଧ କରିବା)
talk to ( କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)
split into ( ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେବା । ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିବା)
familiar to (ପରିଚିତ)
useful to (ଦରକାରୀ)
impolite /rude to (ନିଷ୍ଠୁର )
judicious to (ବିଞ)
reaction to (ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା )
nice to ( ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର )
aware of (ସଚେତନ)
It…foolish/kind of (ନିର୍ବୋଧତା/ଦୟା)
envious of (ଈର୍ଷା ପରାୟଣ)
worthy of (ଯୋଗ୍ୟ)
knowledge of ( ସଚେତନ )
proof of (ପ୍ରମାଣ)
agree to (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବରେ ରାଜିହେବା)
apologize to (କାହା ନିକଟରେ କ୍ଷମାପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା କରିବା)
belong to (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାରରେ ରଖୁ ଥିବା)
crash into (ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଯିବା)
happen to (ଘଟିବା )
listen to (ମନଦେଇ ଶୁଣିବା)
point to ( ଦିଗ ସୂଚିତ କରିବା)
shout to (ଚିତ୍କାର କରିବା) (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
throw to (ଧରିବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା)
divide into (ଭାଗ ଭାଗ କରିବା)
grateful to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
polite to (ନମ୍ର)
kind to (ଦୟାଳୁ)
alternative to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
solution to ( ସମାଧାନ)
attitude to (ସ୍ଵଭାବକୁ)

3. For
admire for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
apologize for ( କୌଣସି ଭୁଲ ପାଇଁ କ୍ଷମା ମାଗିବା )
ask for (ମାଗିବା )
invite to (ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା)
prefer to (ଗୋଟିଏ ଜିନିଷ। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅନ୍ୟଟିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟକ ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
blame/ criticize for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ନିନ୍ଦା| ସମାଲୋଚନା କରିବା)
care for (ଚାହିଁବା)
look for (ଖୋଜିବା)
search for (ଖୋଜିବା)
concern for (ଚିନ୍ତା | ବ୍ୟାକୁଳତା)
famous for ( ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ)
hope for (ଆଶା କରିବା)
leave for (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା )
need for ( ଦରକାର )
thank for ( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବା)
provide for ( ଯୋଗାଇଦେବା )
responsible for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ରହିବା)
admiration for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)
appetite for (ବିରାଟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ)
love for (ଆସକ୍ତି/ଆଦର)
reason for (କାରଣ)
demand for ( ଚାହିଦା )
pity for (ଦୟା)
remedy for (ପ୍ରତିକାର)
sympathy for ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି)

4. With
agree with (ରାଜିହେବା/ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହ)
collide with (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
deal with (ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା)
interfere with (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
charge with ( ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
full with (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହେବା। କରିବା)
differ with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ମତପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଘଟିବା )
present with (ଉପହାର ଦେବା)
share with (ସୁଖ| ଦୁଃଖ| ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ନିଜ ନିଜଭିତରେ ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
sympathise with ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି ଜଣାଇବା)
angry with (ରାଗିଯିବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷ)
pleased with/ satisfied with (ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ)
mix with (ମିଶାଇବା)
familiar with (ପରିଚିତ) (ସ୍ଥାନ)
difficulty with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିସହ ଅସୁବିଧା)

5. On
bored/ fed up with (ବିରକ୍ତି)
impressed with (GU)
agree on (ରାଜିହେବା)( ଯୋଜନା| ତାରିଖ| କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
insist on (ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ କହିବା)
concentrate on (ମନୋଯୋଗ ଦେବା)
influence on ( ପ୍ରଭାବ)
ill with (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
depend on/ rely on/ bank on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
live on (ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରି ବଞ୍ଚିବା)
effect on (ପ୍ରଭାବ)
knock on (କବାଟ ବାଡ଼େଇବା )

6. In In
believe in (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିବା)
deal in (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କରିବା)
interfere in (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
interested in (ଆଗ୍ରହୀ)
invest in (ଟଙ୍କା ଖଟେଇବା)
write in (ଲେଖୁବା) (କାଳି, କଲମ, ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ)
blind in (ଅନ୍ଧ)
difficulty in (ଅସୁବିଧା ) ( ରହିବାରେ, ପାଠ ବୁଝିବାରେ)
rise in/ fall in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି।ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା)
belief in (ବିଶ୍ବାସ)
increase in/decrease in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି। ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
success in (ସଫଳତା)
end in (ଶେଷ ହେବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
result in (ଫଳାଫଳରେ ଶେଷ ହେବା)
strong in/ weak in (ଦକ୍ଷ| ଦୁର୍ବଳ) (ପାଠ, ଖେଳ, ସଂଗୀତ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)

7. At
aim at/ point at (ଗୁଳି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରିବା)
arrive at (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
laugh at ( ପରିହାସ କରିବା)
shout at (ବଡ଼ ପାଟି କରି ଗାଳିଦେବା)
angry at (ରାଗିଯିବା) (କଥାରେ | ଘଟଣାରେ)
preside at ( ସଭାପତିତ୍ବ କରିବା )
throw at (ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା/ ଆଘାତ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
delighted at (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣାରେ ଖୁସି ହେବା )
good at/ bad at (ଦକ୍ଷ/ ଦୁର୍ବଳ)( ପାଠପଢ଼ା, ଖେଳ, କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ )
shocked at (ଦୁଃଖରେ ମ୍ରିୟମାଣ ହେବା)
surprised/astonished at ( ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟାନ୍ବିତ)
look at (ଚାହିଁବା)
clever at (ଚତୁର)
stare at (ଖରାପ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା)
gaze at ( ଏକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା )
triumphant at (ବିଜୟୀ)

8. From
borrow from (ଧାର କରିବା)
free from (ମୁକ୍ତ)
differ from (ଭିନ୍ନ ମତ ଦେବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)
discourage from (କୌଣସି କାମରେ ହତୋତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା)
die from (ରୋଗ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଅନ୍ୟ କାରଣରୁ ମରିବା)
escape from (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
exempt from (ଜୋରିମାନା, ଦଣ୍ଡ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରୁ ଛାଡ଼ କରିବା)
made from (ଶେଷ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ମୂଳ ଉତ୍ସ ନ ଥିଲେ)

Example :
Butter is made from milk.
save from (ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
retire from (ଅବସର ନେବା)
recover from (ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିବା)
different from (ଭିନ୍ନ)
protect from (ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଦେବା)

9. Against
protest against (ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
collide against (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
warn against (ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
revolt against (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ କରିବା)
vote against (ବିରୋଧରେ ଭୋଟ ଦେବା)
knock against (ଧକ୍‌କା ମାରିବା)
run against (ପିଟି ହୋଇଯିବା)

10. About
anxious about ( ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ/ ଚିନ୍ତାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ)
sorry about (କୌଣସି କଥାପାଇଁ ଦୁଃଖ)
worried about (ବିବ୍ରତ)
talk about (କୌଣସି ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗରେ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)

4. Prepositions Used Before Certain Words

1. At
at case (ଆରାମ)
at length (ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି )
at rest (ବିଶ୍ରାମ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at first/last (ପ୍ରଥମରେ|ଶେଷରେ)
at sea (ଦୁର୍ବଳ)
at present (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ)
at play (ଖେଳୁଥିବାବେଳେ )
at work(କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at home(ଦକ୍ଷ| କୁଶଳୀ)
at heart (ଆଘାତ)
at peace (ଶାନ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at war (ଯୁଦ୍ଧବେଳେ)
at least (ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ) at once (ଏକଦା )
at short notice ( ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ ଜରିଆରେ)
at sight ( ଦେଖିବାମାତ୍ରେ)
at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ)
at the end (ଶେଷରେ)

Examples :
(i) Our Exams are at hand.
(ii) I am at home in English. ( ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ ଦକ୍ଷ )
(iii) Are you at ease in your uncle’s house ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମ ମାମୁଘରେ ଆରାମରେ ଅଛ ?)
(iv) The two little boys are at play. (ଦୁଇଟି ଛୋଟ ପିଲା ଏବେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(v) Tell me the story at length. (ମୋତେ ଗପଟିକୁ ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି କୁହ ।)

2. By
by accident (ହଠାତ୍|ସୁଯୋଗବଶତଃ)
by heart ( ଆନ୍ତରିକତାର ସହିତ )
by surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇ)
by degrees (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ )
by day (ଦିନବେଳା)
by good fortune (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟକ୍ରମେ )
by name (ନାମରେ)
by design (ନକ୍‌ସା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by himself (ନିଜେ )
by chance (ହଠାତ୍ )
by mistake (ଭୁଲ୍‌କ୍ରମେ )
by night (ରାତ୍ରିବେଳା)
by sight (ଦେଖୁବାମାତ୍ରେ)

Examples :
(i) Pick up the speed by degrees. (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ବେଗ ବଢ଼ାଅ ।)
(ii) I took him my uncle by mistake. (ମୁଁ ଭୁଲରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ମୋର ମାମୁ ଧରିନେଲି ।)
(iii) Some birds come out by night. (କେତେକ ପକ୍ଷୀ ରାତିରେ ପଦାକୁ ବାହାରନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The accident took me by surprise. (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରେ ମୁଁ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତ ହୋଇଗଲି ।)
(v) Do the work by yourself. (ନିଜେ କାମଟି କର ।)

3. In
in brief ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in due course (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in need ( ଅଭାବବେଳେ)
in reply (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇ)
in tears (କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇ)
in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇ)
in love (ପ୍ରେମରେ ପଡ଼ିବା)
in sight (ଦୃଶ୍ୟରେ)
in common (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in half (ଅଧାରେ)
in particular (ବିଶେଷକରି | ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ)
in secret (ଗୁପ୍ତରେ)
in turn (ବଦଳରେ)
in danger (ବିପଦରେ )
in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in pieces (ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ ହୋଇ)
in short ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in case (କାଳେ)
in fact (ପ୍ରକୃତରେ)
in order (ସଜାଇ)
in time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in difficulties (ଅସୁବିଧାରେ )
in name (ନାମକୁ)
in public (ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ)
in stock (ଜମାହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples :
(i) The girl was in tears. (ଝିଅଟି କ୍ରନ୍ଦନରତ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) like Sehwag’s batting in particular. (ମୁଁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ସେହୱାଗଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂକୁ ପସନ୍ଦ କରେ ।)
(iii) The Persian prince was in love with the shepherd’s daughter.
(ପାରସ୍ୟ ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପୁତ୍ର ମେଷପାଳକ କନ୍ୟାକୁ ଭଲ ପାଉଥିଲେ ।)
(iv) I wrote his phone number in case I should forget.
(କାଳେ ଭୁଲିଯିବି, ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କର ଫୋନ ନମ୍ବରଟି ଟିପି ନେଲି ।)
(v) Father is in debt. (ବାପା ଋଣ ଭାରରେ ପଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି ।)

4. On
on business (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
on time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
on fire ( ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on holiday (ଛୁଟିରେ )
on horseback ( ଘୋଡ଼ା ପିଠିରେ)
on duty (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on purpose (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି )
on sale (ବିକ୍ରି ହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples:
(i) The policeman is on duty. (ପୋଲିସ ଏବେ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) Father was on holidays. (ବାପା ଛୁଟିରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(iii) The Nokia mobiles are on sale. (ନୋକିଆ ମୋବାଇଲ ଫୋନ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଛି । )
(iv) They finished the meeting on time. (ସେମାନେ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ସଭାଟି ଶେଷ କଲେ ।)
(v) Don’t harm anyone on purpose. (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି କାହାର କ୍ଷତି କରନାହିଁ ।)

5. Out of
Out of control (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ବାହାରେ)
out of place (ଅର୍ଥହୀନ)
out of reach (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ବାହାରେ)
Out of order (ଖରାପ ହୋଇଯିବା)
out of work (ବେକାରୀ)
Out of danger. (ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ)
out of stock (ଆଉ ନଥିବା/ ସରି ଯାଇଥବା)
out of date (ତାରିଖ ଅତିକ୍ରାନ୍ତ )
out of sight (ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ)

Examples :
(i) The patient is out of danger. (ରୋଗୀଟି ଏବେ ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ ।)
(i) Your arguments are out of place. (ତୁମର ଯୁକ୍ତି ଅର୍ଥହୀନ ଅଟେ ।)
(iii) My watch has been out of order. (ମୋ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଖରାପ| ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)
(iv) The plane is out of sight. (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ଦୃଶ୍ୟହୀନ ।)

5. Miscellaneous (ବିବିଧ)

1. On
(i) We are going to Kolkata on business. (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଆମେ କଲିକତା ଯିବୁ ।)
(ii) He is on tour. (ସେ ଗସ୍ତରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) watch the news on TV. ( ମୁଁ ଟିଭିରେ ସମାଚାର ଦେଖେ ।)
(iv) The house is on fire. (ଘରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)
(v) He goes to school on foot. (ଚାଲି ଚାଲି ସେ ସ୍କୁଲ ଯାଏ ।)
(vi) haven’t done it on purpose. (ମୁଁ ଜାଣିଶୁଣି ଏହା କରି ନାହିଁ ।)
(vii) He is on my left / on my right. (ସେ ମୋ ବାମ| ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ।)
(viii) There is a butterfly on the screen. (ପରଦା ଉପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ବସିଛି ।)
(ix) Children are playing on the beach/ on the coast. (ପିଲାମାନେ ବେଳାଭୂମିରେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(x) The Bus Association is on strike. (ବସ୍ ସଂଘ ଧର୍ମଘଟରେ ବସିଛନ୍ତି ।)

2. In
in the cool shade (ଶୀତଳ ଛାୟାରେ)
in the rain (ବର୍ଷାରେ)
in the dark ( ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ)
in bad weather (ଖରାପ ପାଗରେ) in ink (କାଳିରେ)
in block letters (ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in pen/ pencil (କଲମ | ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ୍‌ରେ)
in words (ଶବ୍ଦରେ | ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in cash (ନଗଦ ଟଙ୍କା ଆକାରରେ)

3. At
at 60 kms an hour (ଘଣ୍ଟାପ୍ରତି ୬୦ କି.ମି. ବେଗରେ )
at 100°C. (ଶହେ ଡିଗ୍ରୀ ସେଲ୍‌ସିୟସରେ)

⇒ By With vehicles [ଯାନ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ]
(i) by taxi (ଟ୍ୟାକ୍‌ସିରେ)
by plane (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜରେ)
by road ( ରାସ୍ତାରେ)
by car (କାରରେ)
by ship (ଜାହାଜରେ )
by boat (ଡଙ୍ଗାରେ )
by bicycle ( ସାଇକେଲ୍‌ରେ )

⇒ But:
On a bicycle
on a motorcycle
on a horse
on the morning/evening bus
on a train
on a bus
on a ship
on a plane
on the school/college bus.
But in a car (ଏକ କାରରେ)
in his father’s car (ତା’ ବାପାଙ୍କ କାରରେ)

(ii) By+Means of Communication [ଯୋଗାଯୋଗର ମାଧ୍ୟମ]
by post (ଡାକରେ)
by letter (ଚିଠିରେ)
by TV (ଟିଭି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by e-mail (ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋନିକ୍‌ସ ମେଲ୍ ଦ୍ବାରା)
by hand (ହାତରେ)
by radio (ରେଡ଼ିଓ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by telephone (ଫୋନ୍‌ଦ୍ୱାରା )

Know the differences [ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର] :
In
in Link Road
At
at 12 Grand Road
On
on 42 Street, New Delhi.

Activity – 2

Fill in the following blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) The meeting started _________ ten o’clock.
Answer:
At

(ii) The house should be finished. __________ next month.
Answer:
By (ସୁଦ୍ଧା)

(iii) He has been sick __________ the day he arrived.
Answer:
Since(ଠାରୁ)

(iv) He came here _____________ a winter evening.
Answer:
On

(v) He has been ill _____________ the last month.
Answer:
Since

(vi) He has been ill _________ last month.
Answer:
Since

(vii) The train never arrives _________ time.
Answer:
On

(viii) The Second World War ended __________ 1945.
Answer:
In

(ix) We leave for France ___________ Friday.
Answer:
On

(x) We are having a party __________ New Year.
Answer:
At

(xi) The work must be finished ___________ December.
Answer:
in/by

(xii) He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
At

Remarks at times – (ବେଳେବେଳେ), in time – (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ), on time – (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ),, in the nick of (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ), in the time – (ସେହି ସମୟରେ), behind the time ବିଳମୃରେ

Activity – 3

(i) He went to America __________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
On

(ii) He went to Howrah __________ the Coromandel Express.
Answer:
On

(iii) He sent the books __________ registered parcel.
Answer:
By

(iv) He dug the pit ___________ a shovel.
Answer:
With

(v) He talked to his friend ______________telephone.
Answer:
By

(vi) He paid his dues __________ cash.
Answer:
In

(vii) If you haven’t got any cash on you, you can pay ________ cheque.
Answer:
By

(viii) The answer was written ________ a pencil.
Answer:
In

(ix) The answer was written ________ pencil.
Answer:
By

See the differences :
He wrote the letter with a pen.
The letter was written in ink/pen. (Passive voice)

Activity – 4

Supply appropriate prepositions in the following blanks.

(i) His decision took me __________ surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଦେଲା).
Answer:
By

(ii) He is very kind ___________ heart.
Answer:
At

(iii) Rabi has been ___________ holiday for the last two weeks.
Answer:
On

(iv) The house is _________ sale.
Answer:
For

(v) There were one hundred people there ________________ all.
Answer:
In

(vi) I was able to know ____________ sight.
Answer:
At

(vii) He acted ___________ once to save the boy’s life.
Answer:
At

(viii) When I arrived in his house, he was ___________ lunch.
Answer:
At

(ix) He is ___________ a visit to Delhi.
Answer:
On

Activity – 5

Insert appropriate prepositions in the following blank spaces:

(i) Let us invite them all. ______________ dinner.
Answer:
To

(ii) I hastened to assure him _________ my support.
Answer:
Of

(iii) He borrowed a pen _________ me.
Answer:
From

(iv) His failure has completely discouraged him. _________ trying again.
Answer:
From

(v) I like to indulge. __________ a hot bath.
Answer:
In

(vi) We congratulate you. _____________ becoming a father.
Answer:
On

(vii) Students should concentrate ___________ studies.
Answer:
On

(viii) Everybody has been warned ___________ the danger.
Answer:
Against

(ix) They reminded me __________ the meeting.
Answer:
Of

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :

(i) Don’t be impolite __________ your elders.
Answer:
To

(ii) You shouldn’t be rude. _________ them.
Answer:
To

(iii) Some people are cruel _________ animals.
Answer:
To

(iv) Are you angry _____________ what happened?
Answer:
At

(v) The old man is very furious __________ me.
Answer:
With

(vi) I am contented __________ what I have.
Answer:
With

(vii) I am tired ___________ arguing with you.
Answer:
Of
(viii) The diet here is deficient ________ vitamins.
Answer:
In

(ix) I am very glad __________seeing you.
Answer:
Of

(x) You must be conscious _____________ your speech and action.
Answer:
Of

(xi) I am now short _________ funds.
Answer:
Of

(xii) His income is sufficient. ____________ his needs.
Answer:
For

Activity – 7

Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) I have a good relationship. ______________ my neighbors.
Answer:
With

(ii) There is a sharp fall. ____________ demand for gold.
Answer:
In

(iii) There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an oil engine.
Answer:
Between

(iv) What is your reaction __________ the news?
Answer:
To

(v) His progress ____________ studies is very satisfactory.
Answer:
In

(vi) They had a discussion. ___________ the topic.
Answer:
On

(vii) His familiarity ____________ the place saved him from a lot of troubles.
Answer:
with

(viii) He has a great admiration ____________ my talent.
Answer:
For

(ix) He is in agreement. ___________ my views on this subject.
Answer:
With

(x) His performance made an impression. ___________ me.
Answer:
On

Remember:
No preposition is used before the expression of time beginning with next, last, this, that, every, each, oll, today, before, tomorrow, yesterday, etc.

Examples:
I met him last Sunday.
I will call on (visit) you tomorrow.
They stayed here all week.
He has promised to come today.
He comes home every Saturday.
Come any day you like.
Birat returned home this morning.

Prepositions Additional Questions With Answers

Prepositions – I

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Dr. Mishra lives ___________ 115, Saheed Nagar.
Answer:
at

2. Deba works ___________ a factory.
Answer:
in

3. My uncle is working ___________ a rubber plantation.
Answer:
on

4. My friend is sitting ___________ the grass.
Answer:
on

5. He is sitting. __________ my left.
Answer:
on

6. The boy is sitting. ___________ my side.
Answer:
by

7. He hung a calendar. _________ the fireplace.
Answer:
over

8. There is a bridge ___________ the river.
Answer:
over/across

9. She is carrying a bag. ____________ her arm.
Answer:
under

10. When the sun sets, it goes ___________ the horizon.
Answer:
below

11. The dolphins disappeared. ____________ the waves.
Answer:
beneath

12. The Mahanadi flows ___________ Odisha.
Answer:
through

13. Draw a line _________ the page.
Answer:
across

14. There are lot of shops ___________ this street.
Answer:
along

15. The boy was hiding ____________ a tree.
Answer:
behind

16. The priest stood _________ the altar.
Answer:
before

17. Luxembourg lies __________ Belgium, Germany and France.
Answer:
between

18. There was a ladder. _________ the wall.
Answer:
against

19. There is a temple just. _________ my house.
Answer:
opposite

20. The rider fell ____________ the horse.
Answer:
off

21. Ashok babu set off ____________ America.
Answer:
for

22. He arrived here ___________ Christmas.
Answer:
at

23. I meet my daughter ___________ the weekend.
Answer:
at

24. The guests will arrive __________ ten minutes.
Answer:
in

25. I saw her __________ the evening of 15th August.
Answer:
on

26. Applications must reach the office ___________ 20th June.
Answer:
by

27. He has lived here ____________ the last three years.
Answer:
for

28. It has been raining __________ 6 o’clock this
Answer:
since

29. The fair continued ____________ Sunday.
Answer:
till

30. You can see the doctor. ____________ 8 am and 12 noon.
Answer:
between

31. The plane arrived at the airport.____________ time.
Answer:
on

32. My friend goes to Kolkata _____________ train.
Answer:
by

33. He went to Bhubaneswar ___________ a car.
Answer:
in

34. We send message ___________ e-mail.
Answer:
by

35. He heard an interesting program. ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

36. I pay the bill __________ cash.
Answer:
in

37. He saw the accident __________ his own eyes.
Answer:
with

38. He makes a living. ___________ teaching.
Answer:
by

39. The situation is ___________ control.
Answer:
under

40. Now I am ________ debt.
Answer:
in

41. He told the story __________ briefly.
Answer:
in

42. Our headmaster is ___________ leave.
Answer:
on

43. He is very kind ____________ heart.
Answer:
at

44. The house is ____________ fire.
Answer:
on

45. The letter was written __________ ink.
Answer:
in

46. I left the book in the class ___________ mistake.
Answer:
by

47. He went to America ___________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
on

48. The man dug the pit. ____________ a shovel.
Answer:
with

49. He paid the bill ________ cheque.
Answer:
by

50. He sent the message. __________ post.
Answer:
by

51. I go to school________ foot.
Answer:
on

52. He has been ill ___________ last month.
Answer:
since

53. He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
at

54. The children arrived ________ time to attend the meeting.
Answer:
in

55. The fire broke out _________ the night.
Answer:
during

56. I have lived here _________ 15 Jan 2015.
Answer:
since

57. I met one of my old friends __________ a winter evening.
Answer:
on

58. This work was done ____________ a day.
Answer:
in

59. I go to Puri ____________ summer.
Answer:
in

60. He arrived here ___________ Holi.
Answer:
at

61. We waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
at

62. He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
under

63. The road goes ____________ the forest.
Answer:
through

64. There is a label __________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
on

65. He ran ___________ a safe place.
Answer:
towards

66. They ran ____________ the place of murder.
Answer:
from

67. The boy is standing ___________ the class.
Answer:
in front of

68. Puja is sitting ___________ Roja.
Answer:
opposite

69. The sweets were distributed ____________ the children.
Answer:
among

70. He walked ___________ the road.
Answer:
along

71. He has come ________ many hardships.
Answer:
through

72. She has married _________ her.
Answer:
beneath

73. Your work is ___________ the average.
Answer:
below

74. The traveler is sitting. __________ the tree.
Answer:
under

75. The aeroplane is flying. __________ our head.
Answer:
over

76. He lives ____________ an island.
Answer:
on

77. There is a house ___________ the main road.
Answer:
on

78. The picture is ____________ the clock.
Answer:
below

79. His house is ____________ the river.
Answer:
by

80. There is a post office __________ our house.
Answer:
near

81. The boy is standing. __________ the two girls.
Answer:
between

82. The cat is ___________ the table.
Answer:
under

83. The girl was absent ____________ Tuesday to Friday.
Answer:
from

84. Somebody broke the window ___________ my absence.
Answer:
in

85. He came ___________ me.
Answer:
after/before

86. The patient had died ____________ the doctor arrived.
Answer:
before

87. My birthday is ___________ August 12.
Answer:
on

88. The swimmer jumped. __________ the swimming pool.
Answer:
into

89. The rider jumped ___________ the back of the horse.
Answer:
onto

90. A bird flew __________ the window.
Answer:
through

91. The children walked __________ the hill.
Answer:
up

92. He is walking __________ the road.
Answer:
along

93. Somebody knocked __________ the door.
Answer:
at

94. The earth goes __________ the sun.
Answer:
round

95. I am driving. ____________ Cuttack.
Answer:
to

96. The Indian soldiers proceeded ____________ the border.
Answer:
towards

97. The children are standing ___________ a queue.
Answer:
in

98. The boy is standing _____________ the balcony.
Answer:
on

99. My brother lives _____________ London.
Answer:
in

100. He works _____________ public library.
Answer:
at

101. Who are you talking _____________?
Answer:
to

Prepositions – II

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. If we add two _____________ two, we get four.
Answer:
to

2. Rohit was accused ____________ being self.
Answer:
of

3. Fill the pot ____________ water.
Answer:
with

4. We should invest money ____________ business.
Answer:
in

5. Don’t laugh ______________ others.
Answer:
at

6. Butter is made _____________ milk.
Answer:
from

7. The table is made ________________ wood.
Answer:
of

8. He is looking ______________ a new job.
Answer:
for

9. My father provides me ______________ all facilities for my studies.
Answer:
with

10. I thanked him ________________ his help.
Answer:
for

11. Don’t throw stones _____________________ the dog.
Answer:
at

12. The answer was written ____________ pencil.
Answer:
in

13. We should sympathize ____________ the suffering people.
Answer:
with

14. She died ____________ overeating.
Answer:
from

15. He died ______________ hunger.
Answer:
of

16. The shop deals _____________ garments.
Answer:
in

17. I congratulated him ______________ his success.
Answer:
on

18. A face is compared _____________ the moon.
Answer:
to

19. Do you believe _____________ God?
Answer:
in

20. I bumped ____________ a pole in the dark.
Answer:
into

21. We all agreed _____________ the plan.
Answer:
on

22. Everybody criticised him ____________ his delay.
Answer:
for

23. The thieves broke ___________ the house.
Answer:
into

24. I have a complaint ______________ stomachache.
Answer:
of

25. I agreed _____________ his proposal.
Answer:
to

26. The book belongs ____________ me.
Answer:
to

27. The hunter is aiming ______________ the bird.
Answer:
at

28. My old bicycle reminded me ______________ my childhood days.
Answer:
of

29. The old man has recovered ___________ his illness.
Answer:
from

30. We should learn to share things ____________ others.
Answer:
with

31. Gowlives ___________ grass.
Answer:
on

32. I always prefer tea ______________ coffee.
Answer:
to

33. Father often shouts _____________ me.
Answer:
at

34. The Prime Minister presides ______________ the meeting ofthe cabinet.
Answer:
at

35. Beware ______________ pick pockets in the market.
Answer:
of

36. Everybody agreed ___________ me.
Answer:
with

37. Our new teacher deals ______________ us in a friendly way.
Answer:
with

38. He compared Shakespear _____________ Kalidas.
Answer:
with

39. He was exempted _______________ paying the fine.
Answer:
from

40. He warned me _____________ the danger.
Answer:
of

41. Don’t be impolite ______________ your elders.
Answer:
to

42. I was angry _____________ what he said.
Answer:
at

43. I was ashamed ___________ my bad conducts.
Answer:
of

44. We are blind ___________ our own faults.
Answer:
to

45. He is capable ____________ doing it.
Answer:
of

46. We should be careful ___________ our health.
Answer:
about

47. I am delighted ____________ your success.
Answer:
at

48. She is not eligible _____________ the post.
Answer:
for

49. The place is familiar ______________ me.
Answer:
to

50. Jyoti is good _________ mathematics.
Answer:
at

51. I am proud __________ my country.
Answer:
of

52. They are tired ____________ walking.
Answer:
of

53. Ashish is sure ____________ his success.
Answer:
of

54. You are responsible _____________ the loss.
Answer:
for

55. The Indians are keen _______________ fast food.
Answer:
on

56. The girl is ill ___________ fever.
Answer:
with

57. She is jealous ____________ her sister.
Answer:
of

58. I am interested _____________ music.
Answer:
in

59. I am familiar ___________ this place.
Answer:
with

60. The girl is conscious ______________ her manners.
Answer:
of

61. Babul is confident ______________ his success.
Answer:
of

62. Are you aware _____________ the new time-table?
Answer:
of

63. This test paper is useful _________________ me.
Answer:
to

64. I was surprised _______________ his behavior.
Answer:
at/by

65. It is good _______________ you to help me.
Answer:
of

66. Children are fond ____________ sweets.
Answer:
of

67. Are you angry _________ me?
Answer:
with

68. The old man is blind _________ one eye.
Answer:
in

69. My parents were disappointed _________ my performance.
Answer:
with

70. I was absent______________ class last week.
Answer:
from

71. Smoking is harmful _____________ health.
Answer:
to

72. My father was pleased _____________ me.
Answer:
with

73. It is foolish _____________ you to leave the door unlocked.
Answer:
of

74. I am worried _____________ my health.
Answer:
about

75. I was satisfied _______________ his progress.
Answer:
with

76. I have appetite ______________ books.
Answer:
for

77. I have lot of love ______________ my parents.
Answer:
for

78. This is the solution ______________ that problem.
Answer:
to

79. There is a rise ___________ the price of food grains.
Answer:
in

80. Can you give any proof _________ your innocence?
Answer:
of

81. We should have sympathy ______________ the poor.
Answer:
for

82. The demand _________ Chinese products has gone up.
Answer:
for

83. The mobile phone has a lot of influence __________ young children.
Answer:
on

84. What is your reaction ___________ the new policy?
Answer:
to

85. I have an agreement ____________ my friend.
Answer:
with

86. Suresh Babu has a good knowledge _____________ English grammar.
Answer:
of

87. I feel pity ______________ the poor victims.
Answer:
for

88. Tell me the reason _____________ your absence.
Answer:
for

89. There is a room ____________ a lot of luggage.
Answer:
for

90. She has difficulty __________ her new neighbor.
Answer:
with

91. There are marked differences ____________ the two children.
Answer:
between

92. Can you tell me the answer _____________ this question?
Answer:
to

93. I don’t think there is any need ___________ the luxury goods here.
Answer:
for

94. Can you take a photograph _____________ mine?
Answer:
of

95. He hasa great admiration _________ my talent.
Answer:
for

96. There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an air engine.
Answer:
between

97. His attitude _________ others is not good.
Answer:
towards

98. What is your opinion __________ the new law ?
Answer:
about

99. There is a heavy demand ______________ Tata products.
Answer:
for

100. What is your belief __________ this matter?
Answer:
in

101. He faces a lot of difficulties ___________ living in this city.
Answer:
in

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Types Of Sentences

Look at the following sentences :
1. Mr. Anil Mohanty is a teacher (ଅଛନ୍ତି).
2. He teaches (ପଢ଼ାନ୍ତି) us English.
3. He has been teaching English for the last fifteen years (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି).
4. The underlined verbs are, teaches, and has or has been teaching are finite verbs. (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is, teaches, has ବା has been teaching ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ।)
5. The underlined verbs are called finite verbs as they have tense forms.
(କାଳ ରୂପ ବହନ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏସମସ୍ତ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

What is a Finite verb ? ( ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ)
⇒ The verb that is limited by the person and number of the subject, is called the Finite Verb. (ଯେଉଁ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସୀମିତ, ତାହାକୁ Finite Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
ଅର୍ଥାତ୍, The verb that has tense (present or past form) is said to be a Finite Verb.
(Tense ବା କାଳ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Position of a Finite verb in a sentence (ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର ସ୍ଥିତି)
A Finite Verb occurs in a single verb or the first verb in a verb group.
( ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକମାତ୍ର କ୍ରିୟାରୂପ ଓ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରଥମ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପେ ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।)
⇒ But in Odia sentence, the last verb is said to be a Finite Verb since it completes the sentence. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟାପଦା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ସମାପ୍ତ କରିଥାଏ ।)

See the differences:

Odia sentence	English Sentence
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିଲା ।	Gopal played well. (Past simple tense).
ଗୋପାଳ ତିନି ବର୍ଷ ଧରି ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଛି ।	Gopal has been playing well for three years. (Present Perfect Progressive sentence). (Here ‘has’ being the first verb is also a finite verb).
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରେ ।	Gopal may play well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତା ।	Gopal could have played well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଥାଇପାରେ ।	Gopal can / may be playing well.
(The last verb in the Odia sentence is the Finite Verb, while the verb in the post-subject (after the subject) is the Finite Verb. (ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଇଂରାଜୀ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କ୍ରିୟା ବା କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କ୍ରିୟା ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।)

Kinds of Sentences (ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରକାର):

Sentence: A combination of words that makes complete sense is called a sentence. (ଶବ୍ଦମିଶି ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ତାହାକୁ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples:
My mother is unwell. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
Do your duty.
Fire ! ( ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଅ)
How dirty the road looks!
May you live long. (ତୁମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଜୀବୀ ହୁଅ।)
What do you mean ? (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କହିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛ ?)
Thank you. (ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ।)

⇒ There can be no sentence without a Subject (expressed or understood) and a Finite Verb. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟତୀତ ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।) (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରହିପାରେ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)
ଯେପରି Fire ! (You = The soldiers = understood)
Do your duty. (you = understood)
Thank you. (I = understood)

Simple Sentence (ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Read the following sentences:
(i) Father is a man of principle.
(ii) Having lost the match, the team India returned home.

In sentence (i), we have one subject (Father) and one predicate (is a man of principle). Similarly in sentence (ii), we have one subject (the team India), and one predicate (having lost the match and returned home).
So these two sentences are called Simple Sentences.
(1) The sentence having one subject and one predicate or only one finite verb, is called simple sentence. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ)
(One subject + One predicate with one finite verb – Simple sentence)
In a simple sentence, the subject may be expressed or understood. (ଏକ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ରୁହେ ।)

Example: A

Subject	A predicate with italicized finite verb (s)
(I)	Thank you.
(You)	Feed the baby. (ପିଲାଟିକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)
Nobody	loves that girl.
It	is Monday.

B.

One part of the predicate	Sub	The second part of the predicate
How nicely	the girl	dances!
Why did	the children	laugh at the beggar?
What	a tall tree (the finite verb remains understood)	this is!

C.

Predicate part with an italicized finite verb	Subject
How many legs has	a spider? (ବୁଢ଼ିଆଣୀ)
What is	your name?
Here comes	our headmaster.
There goes ((ବାଜୁଛି))	the school bell.

Activity – 1

Pick out the finite verbs (ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) in the following sentences.
(i) Nilima has a good memory.
Answer:
has

(ii) He shall not enter the house.
Answer:
shall

(iii) We have not yet received the money.
Answer:
have

(iv) He has been studying to pass the examination.
Answer:
Has

(v) Ramesh works in a bank.
Answer:
Works

(vi) We must obey the rules of the road.
Answers
must

Declarative / Assertive Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) |

(i) A Declarative/Assertive sentence is one which makes a statement of fact or opinion either positive or negative. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଉକ୍ତି ବା ମତ ବିଷୟରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ ବା ବିବୃତି ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
(ii) The Declarative sentence with positive statement is known as Affirmative sentence.
(iii) The Declarative sentence with a negative statement is known as a Negative sentence.

Let’s see through a diagram.

⇒ A declarative sentence be it affirmative (yes) or negative usually begins with a subject. ହେଉ ବା ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ହେଉ, ଗୋଟିଏ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ କର୍ଷା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The bus will stop here. (affirmative)
(ii) The bus won’t (will not ନୁହେ‍ଁ) stop here. (negative)
(iii) I am your well-wisher (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛ). (affirmative)
(iv) I’m not (I amn’t ନୁହେ‍ଁ) your well-wisher. (negative)

A pattern of Declarative Sentence:

There are the Five important ‘Patterns’ (୫ଟି ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଗଠନ ପଦ୍ଧତି) of Simple/Declarative Sentence. They are :
(i) SV = [Subject + Verb (Intransitive)]

Subject	Verb
The Child	laughed
She	Was shouting

(ii) SVO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object]

Subject	Verb	Object
Someone	caught	The ball
we	May buy	A new computer

(iii) SVOO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object (Indirect) + Object (Direct)]

Subject	Verb(Transitive)	Object(Indirect)	Object(Direct)
The Postman	Gave	we	A letter
Father	Bought	Gopal	A bicycle
The teacher	Asked	The boys	Some questions

Note:
⇒ Direct Object denotes thing and Indirect object denotes person.
ମୁଖ୍ୟ କର୍ମ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ଓ ଗୌଣ କର୍ମ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି / ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।

Examples:
ପୋଷ୍ଟ ପିଅନ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିଠି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।

The post peon    has given              father          a letter.
Subject               Verb(Transitive)     Indirect       Object Direct Object

(iv) SVC = Subject + Verb + Complement

Subject	Verb	Complement
The girl	Looks	Beautiful
This flower	Smells	Sweet
The computer	is	cheap

⇒ Complement is used after ‘Be’ verbs (is/ am/are/ was/ were) and ‘Link’ verbs (smell/taste / grow/feel etc)
[Link Verbs; ଯଥା – smell (ଶୁଙ୍ଘିବା)/ taste(ଚାଖୁବା)/ grow (ବଢ଼ିବା) ।feel (ଅନୁଭବ କରିବା) ଏବଂ ‘Be’ verbs ( is / am / are / was / were) ପରେ Complement ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

Remember:
A complement may be a Noun or Noun phrase or Adjective or Adverb or Preposition with Object etc. (ଗୋଟିଏ ପୂରକ ଏକ Noun ବା N.P. ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ବା Preposition + କର୍ମ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)

(v) SVOC = Subject + Verb (T) + Object + Complement
Subject   Verb(Transitive   Object   Complement
We have proved him wrong.
⇒ (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ତା କଥାକୁ ଭୁଲ ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରିଛୁ ।)
They Elected Mr Rout chairman
⇒ (ସେମାନେ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ରାଉତଙ୍କୁ ଚେୟାରମ୍ୟାନ ମନୋନୀତ କଲେ ।)
The book has made Naba Sir popular.
⇒ (ବହିଟି ନବସାର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ କରିଛି ।)

Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର ବାକ୍ୟ):

(1) An Interrogative sentence with the mark of interrogation (?) at its end, makes question to elicit some information or to know something. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ଚିହ୍ନ ( ?) ଥାଏ ଓ କିଛି ସୂଚନା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ବା କିଛି ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
Where has Leena gone ? (ଲିନା କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଯାଇଛି ? )
How do you go to school ? (ତୁମେ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଅ ?) ବା (ତୁ’ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉ ?)
Can you hear me ? (ତୁ’ ମୋ କଥା ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
Did anyone want me last night ? (କାଲି ରାତିରେ କେହି ମୋତେ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲେ ?)

(2) An interrogative sentence is of two types, i.e. Wh-interrogative and Yes-No interrogative.
Let’s see through a dialogue :

Imperative Sentence ( ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An imperative sentence is one with an order, advice, instruction or direction, warning, command, request, suggestion, or wishes to the person or person spoken.
(ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ କୁହାଯାଇଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ନୀତିନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ସାବଧାନ, ଅନୁରୋଧ ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ବା ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples :
Write in H.B (High Bonded) pencil. (instruction)
Go to bed early. (advice)
Hand in (ଦେଇଦିଅ) your answer papers. (order)
Please sit here. (request)
Beware of the dog. (warning)

Remember: Imperative sentences are normally addressed to the second person (you) with a request, order, command, advice, warning, wishes. So ‘you’ is understood. (ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚକ କରୁଥିବା ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ ‘you’ ଊଦ୍ୟ ରହେ ।)

(a) Order (ଆଦେଶ) :
Hurry up. (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର ।)
Leave this place.
Stop writing.
Shut up ! (ଚୁପ୍ ରୁହ !)
Good wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :

(b) Advice (ଉପଦେଶ) :
Never tell a lie. (କେବେ ମିଛ କୁହନାହିଁ ।)
Don’t disobey your parents.
Be polite (ନମ୍ର ହୁଅ} to everybody.
Go to bed early.
Study hard.

(c) Instructions/Directions (ନିର୍ଦେଶ) :
(What to do / how to do / where to go etc.)
Don’t use a ball pen. (Examination) Take this medicine on an empty stomach. Go straight on. ( ସିଧାସଳଖ ଆଗକୁ ଚାଲ ।)
Turn left. (ବାମକୁ ମୋଡ଼ ।)
Stop near the SBI ATM.
Soak (ଭିଜାଅ) the rice in a bucket (ବାଲଟିରେ).

(d) Warning (ସତର୍କ | ସାବଧାନ) :
Don’t get into a running bus.
(ଚଳନ୍ତା ବସ୍ ଭିତରକୁ ପଶ ନାହିଁ ।)
Mind your own language.
(ନିଜର ଭାଷାପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Mind your steps on the slippery road.
(ଖସଡ଼ା ରାସ୍ତା ଉପରେ ପାଦ ପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Never betray your motherland.
(ମାତୃଭୂମି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦୌ ବିଶ୍ଵାସଘାତକତା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

(e) Good Wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :
Have a good time.
(ତୁମର ସମୟ ଭଲରେ ଅତିବାହିତ ହେଉ ।)
(I hope you have a good time.)
Have a nice day.
(ଦିନଟି ଭଲରେ କଟିଯାଉ ।)
(I hope you have a nice day.)
Have a happy journey.
( ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଯାତ୍ରା ସୁଖପ୍ରଦ ହେଉ ।)

(f) Request (ଅନୁରୋଧ) :
Buy me a book, please.
Please move a little.
(ଦୟାକରି ଟିକେ ଘୁଞ୍ଚୁଯାଅ ।)
Kindly inform the police.
Help me with this sum, please.
(ଦୟାକରି ଏହି ଅଙ୍କ କଷିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତୁ ।)

(g) Command (ଆଦେଶ) (ସେନାଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷଙ୍କ ତରଫରୁ) :
March on, soldiers (ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲ).
Keep firing (ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଇବା ଜାରିରଖ),

(h) Prayer (ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା ) :
Have mercy on us.
(ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ କରୁଣା କର ।)

(i) Suggestion (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) :
Let’s (let us) go on a picnic.
(ଏକ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯିବା ।)
Let’s forget about it.
(ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ଭୁଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
Let’s (us) work hard. (We should work hard.)
Let’s take a rest now.
(ଏବେ ଟିକେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେବା ।)

(1) ‘LET’ with Other Subjects to denote other meanings : (ଅନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ + Subject in the Objective form)
Let the girl go. (ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (the girl = subject) (giving permission)
Let them play. ( ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଖେଳିବାକୁ ଦିଅ । ଦିଆଯାଉ ।) (giving permission)
Let me make you a cup of coffee. (ମୁଁ ତୁମପାଇଁ ଏକ କପ୍ କଫି କରୁଛି) (offer – ଯାଚିବା)
Let him speak now. (Allow him to speak now.) (ତାକୁ ଏବେ କହିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)

(2) ‘Let’ always takes the objective forms of
Examples:
Let us (not ‘we’) …….,
Let him (not ‘he’) …….,
Let them (not ‘they’) ……..
Let her (not ‘she’) ……
Let me (not ‘I’) ……..

Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An Exclamatory sentence is one which expresses different emotions like joy, grief, wonder, shock, hatred or appreciation. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ମାନବୀୟ ଆବେଗ, ଯଥା- ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ଦୁଃଖ, ଘୃଣା ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Look at these sentences :

The tea is very strong. (Declarative) (ଚାହାଟି ଖୁବ୍ କଡ଼ା ।)
How strong the tea is ! (Exclamatory) (ଚାହାଟି କେତେ କଡ଼ା !) (ବିରକ୍ତି)
How brilliantly Sehwag batted! (କି ଚମତ୍‌କାର ଭାବରେ ସେହୱାଗ୍ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂ କଲେ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସ୍କା)
What a fine cottage ! (କି ସୁନ୍ଦର କୁଡ଼ିଆଟିଏ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)

(1) An Exclamatory sentence ends with an exclamatory sign (!).
(ଆହା) His father is dead. (ଦୁଃଖ)
What a dirty child! (କି ଅପରିଷ୍କାର ପିଲା !) (ଘୃଣା)

(2) Making of Exclamatory Sentence :
(i) What+ adjective + noun or noun phrase
(ii) How + adjective / adverb …………

(i) What + adjective + noun / noun phrase :
Examples:
What a beautiful book!
What a long beard!
What a great leader Mahatma Gandhi was!
What a lot of languages he knows!

(ii) How + adjective /adverb + ………
Examples:
How unfortunate (adjective) the girl was!
How painful (adjective) the disease is!
How quickly (adverb) the car passed!
How boldly (adverb) Amit faced the microphone!

Changing Declarative to Exclamatory:

By leaving out very, quite, so, such, indeed, etc. we change declarative to exclamatory sentences.

Examples:
(i) I am very unfortunate.
How unfortunate I am!

(ii) The wind was quite ferocious.
How ferocious the wind was!

(iii) The girl has got very small hair.
What small hair the girl has/has got! or, How small the girl’s hair is!

(iv) Amitabh played the role very innocently.
How innocently Amitabh played the role!

(v) This is all nonsense.
What nonsense!

Activity – 2

Some simple sentences are given below. Mention each, whether it is declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory. The first one has been done for you.
Example :
Why were you absent from class yesterday? (Interrogative)
(i) Abdul is a strong boy.
Answer:
declarative

(ii) Let us move on.
Answer:
imperative

(iii) Who told you that story?
Answer:
interrogative

(iv) How luckily I escaped the accident!
Answer:
exclamatory

(v) Don’t touch a live wire.
Answer:
imperative

(vi) Are you coming with him?
Answer:
interrogative

(vii) Turn to page 25 in your grammar book.
Answer:
imperative

(viii) Who did you give it to?
Answer:
Interrogative

Activity – 3

Turn the following declarative sentences into exclamatory sentences using ‘how’ or ‘what’s the beginning of the sentences:
(i) The weather is very fine.
Answer:
How fine the weather is! (fine – adjective)

(ii) She is a very intelligent girl.
Answer:
What an intelligent girl she is! (noun phrase)

(iii) He speaks very fluently.
Answer:
How fluently he speaks! (adverb)

(iv) She has got a very sharp memory.
Answer:
What a sharp memory she has got? (noun phrase)

(v) It is a very beautiful night.
Answer:
What a beautiful night! (it is) (noun phrase)

(vi) She has put on a very costly necklace.
Answer:
What a costly necklace she has put on! (noun phrase)

Activity – 4

There are some verbs in the brackets. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences choosing the appropriate verbs from the brackets.
(hope, concentrate, make, avoid, take, get)
The examination is at hand. ______ the best use of your time. ______ on your studies. _______ watching television. ______ the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t _____ nervous. Always ______ for the best.
Answers:
The examination is at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ). Make the best use (ସଦୁପଯୋଗ କର) of your time. Concentrate (ମନଯୋଗ ଦିଅ) on your studies. Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରୁହ) watching television. Take (ଗ୍ରହଣ କର) the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t get (ହୁଅନାହିଁ) nervous. Always hope ଆଣାକର for the best.

Compound Sentence (Multiple Sentence) (ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

Read the following sentences:
(i) Bisu reached the station in time and got the train.
(ବିଶୁ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ଷ୍ଟେସନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ଓ ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ରେ ଯାତ୍ରାକଲା ।)
Here ‘we’ have two simple sentences. One is “Bisu reached the station in time”. The second simple sentence is (he) got the train’.

(ii) The second part of the sentence (‘and got the train’) coordinates with the earlier part (Bisu reached the station in time).

(iii) Each clause is independent of the other and is called a Principal or Main clause and they are both Co-ordinate clauses, being of equal status and joined by a coordinating conjunction ‘and’.
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା clause ଏକ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଗୋଟିଏ independent clause ବା Main clause ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ।)
ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ (and got the train) ପ୍ରଥମଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ (Bisu reached the station in time) କୁ co- ordinating conjunction (ସଂଯୋଜକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ) ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା co-ordinating କରୁଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ co-ordinating clause.

(iv) Compound sentence (definition): A sentence that is made up of two or more independent main clauses, joined by a co-ordinating conjuction, is called a compound sentence. (ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟକୁ Co-ordinating conjunction ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗକରି ଯେଉଁବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) I can speak English but I can’t speak German. (Compound sentence)
(ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କହିପାରିବି, କିନ୍ତୁ ଜର୍ମାନ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ନୁହେଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ can speak English. – Independent clause
I can’t speak German. – Independent clause, but – co-ordination/co-ordinating conjunction]
(ii) Rajesh worked hard but failed. (ରାଜେଶ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଫଳ ହେଲା ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ Rajesh worked hard. – independent clause
(he) failed – independent clause, but – co-ordinating conjunction]

Compound Sentences with Co-ordinators:

(i) And
The boy went to the counter and had a ticket booked.
(ବାଳକ କାଉଣ୍ଟର ପାଖକୁ ଗଲା ଓ ଟିକେଟ୍‌ଟି କଟାଇଲା ।)
Mr Dash drives a car and a bike.
He opened the door and went out.

(ii) But, Yet, Still, Nevertheless, Only, Whereas
(denoting a contrast between two statements)
(ଦୁଇଟି ଉକ୍ତି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିପରୀତ ଭାବ ଅର୍ଥା ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
He is poor but he is honest.
The man is rich, yet / still he is not happy.
Mitali failed twice; nevertheless, she tried again.
(ମିତାଲି ଦୁଇଥର ଫେଲ ହୋଇଗଲା, ତଥାପି ସେ ପୁଣି ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲା ।)
He worked hard; whereas / while his brother sat idle.
(ସେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା; ଯେତେବେଳେ କି ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଅଳସୁଆରେ ବସି ରହିଲା ।)
You may do as you like, only don’t disturb me.
(ତୁମର ଯାହା ଇଚ୍ଛା ତାହା କର; ହେଲେ ମୋତେ ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପକାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) Or and Otherwise
You can stay here or you can go to a hotel.
He can’t read or write French. (ସେ ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବ ନାହିଁ କି ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ଲେଖୁପାରିବ ନାହିଁ।)
Hurry up or/otherwise you will miss the train. (ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲ, ତା’ନହେଲେ ତୁ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ଧରିପାରିବୁ ନାହିଁ।)

(iv) So, Therefore, Then, For
Bharati was very ill, therefore / consequently (ଫଳରେ) she couldn’t attend school.
I have no money on me now; then, so / so then I can’t buy the book. (ତେଣୁକରି)
The teacher didn’t take our class because he was busy with picnic arrangements. (କାରଶ)

Conjunctions that go in pairs :

(v) Both …… and, Not only ……. But also
Both Rama and his brother are absent.
He not only played brilliantly but also powered his team to victory.

(vi) Either …… or, Neither ……. nor
Either he or his brother will come.
Neither the teacher nor the students are said to be involved in the matter.
Mohit is either listening to the radio or playing football.
The beggar neither ate nor drank anything.

Complex Sentence (ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Look at the following sentences:
(i) I am certain of completing the work today. (Simple sentence) (am – finite verb).
I am certain that I shall complete the work today. (Complex sentence)

(ii) Tell me the place of your birth. (Simple sentence) (Tell – finite verb)
Tell me where you were born. (Complex sentence)

(iii) Hard-working (a) students succeed in the examination. (Simple sentence) (succeed – finite verb)
Students who work hard succeed in the examination. (Complex sentence)
⇒ The underlined clauses in the different sentences are subordinating clauses or dependent clauses.)
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ subordinating clause ବା dependent clause ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ।)

Sub-ordinating Clause Or, Dependent Clause (ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) :

(i) A subordinate clause is dependent on main clause for it can’t stand independently as a sentence. (ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର ବା ଆଶ୍ରା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । କାରଣ ଏପରି ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଜଟିଳବାକ୍ୟରେ) ସ୍ଵାଧୀନଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Complex Sentence (Definition): A sentence with at least one independent clause and one or more subordinate or dependent clauses is called a complex sentence. ଅତିକମ୍ ରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଧାନ ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧ୍ଵକ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Subordinate Clause in the Complex Sentence:

(1) A subordinate clause is called so as it begins with a subordinator (that, wh-words, as, because, since, if, though, etc).
(2) A subordinating clause is of three types:

• Noun clause
• Relative clause
• Adverb clause

Let’s see the classification (ଶ୍ରେଶା) of sentences:

Examples:
(i) Ashis worked hard. (Simple sentence). (ଆଶିଷ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା ।)
(ii) Ashis worked hard and got selected for admission to the Medical College. (Compound sentence).
(and got selected for admission in the Medical College = Co-ordinating Clause, and = co-ordinator)
(iii) Ashis worked hard and got a scholarship which helped him become a doctor. (Complex sentence)
(which helped him become a doctor = Subordinate Clause, which = Subordinator)

Activity – 5

Combine (join) each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using conjunctions such as: ‘and”, ‘but’, ‘or’, ‘so’, ‘yet’, ‘for’, otherwise.

(i) He finished his exercise. He put away his books.
Answer:
He finished his exercises and put away (ରଖିଦେଲା) । his books.

(ii) He must not be late. He will be punished.
Answer:
He must not be late, otherwise (ନହେଲେ । ନଚେତ୍) he will be punished.

(iii) Make haste. You will be late.
Answer:
Make haste (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର) or you will be late.

(iv) He is rich. He is not contented.
Answer:
He is rich; yet/but he is not contented (ସୁଖୀ).

(v) He was horrified. He saw bloodstain on the floor.
Answer:
He was horrified (ଆତଙ୍କିତ) for (କାରଣ) he saw bloodstain (ରକ୍ତଛିଟା) on the floor.
Or, He saw bloodstain on the floor; so he was horrified.

(vi) He tried hard. He did not succeed.
Answer:
He tried hard but he did not succeed.

(vii) They took every precaution. They suffered from the disease.
Answer:
They took every precaution (ପ୍ରତିଷେଧକ), yet / but (ତଥାପି) they suffered from the disease.

(viii) I have a lot of work. I must do it now.
Answer:
I have a lot of work, so (ତେଣୁ) I must do it now.

(ix) Be good. You will be happy.
Answer:
Be good and you will be happy.

(x) He practiced daily. He became an expert player.
Answer:
He practiced daily, so he became an expert (ଦକ୍ଷ) player.
Or, He became an expert player because he practiced daily.

Activity – 6

Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using one of the correlatives: either…or, neither…nor, not only…but also, both…and.

(i) Energy is necessary for success in life. Patience is also necessary for success in life.
Answer:
Not only energy (ଶକ୍ତି) but also patience (ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟ) is necessary for success in life.(noun)

(ii) I have left my glasses on the bus. I have left my glasses at the office.
Answer:
I have left my glasses either on the bus or at the office. (place adverbial)

(iii) He cannot speak English. He cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
He can speak neither English nor Hindi. (noun).

(iv) The boy is very healthy. He is also very happy.
Answer:
The boy is not only very healthy but also very happy. (adjective phrase)
Or, The boy is both very healthy and very happy.

(v) He does not drink tea. He does not drink coffee.
Answer:
He drinks neither tea nor coffee. (noun)

(vi) She draws pictures neatly. She also paints them beautifully.
Answer:
She not only draws pictures neatly (ପରିଷ୍କାର ଭାବରେ) but also paints them beautifully. (verb)

(vii) The artists will sing for us. They will dance for us too.
Answer:
The artists (କଳାକାରମାନେ) will not only sing but also dance for us. (verb)
Or, The artists will both sing and dance for us.

Activity – 7

Break up each of the following sentences into separate clauses. Mark the main clause as M.C. and the subordinate clause as S.C.:

(i) He would go if you asked him.
Answer:
He would go. (M.C) If you asked him. (S.C)

(ii) You should not disbelieve what he says.
Answer:
You should not disbelieve. (M.C) What he says. (S.C)

(iii) He found the watch that he had lost.
Answer:
He found the watch. (M.C) That he had lost. (S.C)

(iv) Though he was born of poor parents, he rose to greatness.
Answer:
he rose to greatness. (M.C) Though he was born to poor parents. (S.C)

(v) We thought that he was a hermit.
Answer:
We thought. (M.C) that he was a hermit. (S.C)

(vi) A dog that barks seldom bites.
Answer:
A dog seldom bites. (M.C) that barks. (S.C)

(vii) The place where Buddha was buried has recently been discovered.
Answer:
The place has recently been discovered. (M.C) Where Buddha was buried. (S.C)

(viii) It always pours when it rains.
Answer:
It always pours. (M.C) When it rains. (S.C)

Activity – 8

Study the following sentences from your previous textbook. Write (S) against simple sentences, (D) against compound sentences, and (X) against complex sentences.

(i) I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(ii) I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper.
Answer:
I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

(iii) When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her.
Answer:
When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(iv) The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
The curiosity (g) which I felt about the girl persisted. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(v) I understood how she felt.
Answer:
I understood how she felt. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(vi) Do you usually go this way?
Answer:
Do you usually go this way? (One-clause) (S).

(vii) As we drank tea, I talked about India.
Answer:
As we drank tea, I talked about India. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(viii) When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.
Answer:
When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you. (X).
When I go to that part of the county (Subordinate clause) and write to you (Co-ordinate clause)

(ix) Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs. (S) (One-clause)

(x) I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
I got up (ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲେ) and held her hand. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

At a glance:
Sentence:

I. A sentence is a group of words that are joined together to make a complete meaning.
II. It is made up of two parts, a subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା) and a predicate (ବିଧେୟ).

Subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା / ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ) :
I. Subject is the part of a sentence that names the person/thing being spoken about.
II. In a sentence, a subject is usually placed first, except in interrogative and exclamatory sentences. (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟତୀତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)
Notice that underlined 2 subject parts.

Examples :
A: Children play football.
B: The children of this school play football.

Predicate (ବିଧେୟ) :
I. The predicate is that part of a sentence that must have at least one finite verb.
(ବିଧେୟ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ସେହି ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଅତିକମ୍‌ରେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ।)
II. Predicate provides information about the subject and the verb in a sentence.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ କ୍ରିୟା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଏକ ବିଧେୟ ସୂଚନା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ।)
Examples:

Simple Sentence:
A sentence that is made up of one independent (main) clause and makes complete sense is called a simple sentence.
Note that …..
A simple sentence has :
(i) only one subject and
(ii) only one finite verb.
Meera   loves   animals.
subject finite verb

Compound Sentence:
When two independent clauses are joined by a conjunction to make a sentence, it is called a compound sentence.
Rohan did not study for the test,           yet                             he scored quite well.
Independent clause                      co-ordinate conjunction     independent clause

Note that ….
(i) Compound sentences communicate more than one complete thought through independent clauses.
(ii) Co-ordinate clauses can be joined with the help of conjunctions, such as (ଯଥା) and, but, however, nevertheless, nonetheless, only, still, whereas, yet, or, otherwise, so, therefore and so on (ଇତ୍ଯାଦି).
[A grammatical unit that carries a finite verb and makes complete sentence by itself is called an independent clause or main clause.]

Complex Sentence:
When an independent clause joins a dependent or subordinate clause to make a sentence, it is called a complex sentence.

Examples :
A: I know the man    Who    came to see you yesterday
independent clause Conjunction dependent clause
B: Before    I left for Mumbai    I had finished all my work.
conjunction independent clause dependent clause

Note that….
In a complex sentence, the subordinate clause is joined with the main clause with the help of.
(i) either conjunction (subordinator) such as because, after, before, while, since, that, as, if, unless, then, so that, though, etc.
(ii) or relative pronouns such as who, which, whom, whose, that, what, and so on.

Types of Sentences Additional Questions With Answer

(1) Read the following sentences and say what type of simple sentence it is.
1. English is a foreign language.
Answer:
Declarative

2. The cuckoo sings in spring.
Answer:
Declarative

3. Who wrote the Mahabharata?
Answer:
Interrogative

4. Have a smooth journey.
Answer:
Imperative

5. How powerful America is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

6. Let’s start a new project.
Answer:
Imperative

7. Don’t write on the front page of the answer book.
Answer:
Imperative

8. Are you joining the picnic?
Answer:
Interrogative

9. The children are not taking an interest in their studies.
Answer:
Declarative

10. How stupid he is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

11. What a sharp memory he has got!
Answer:
Exclamatory

12. Turn to page 10 in your grammar book.
Answer:
Imperative

13. Would you mind posting the letter?
Answer:
Interrogative

14. The Himalayas is in the north of India.
Answer:
Declarative

15. Have you ever been to Puri?
Answer:
Interrogative

16. Did you go to Cuttack?
Answer:
Interrogative

17. Mr Mishra is a good doctor.
Answer:
Declarative

18. Come here, boys.
Answer:
Imperative

19. I never go to the cinema.
Answer:
Declarative

20. How fortunate I am!
Answer:
Exclamatory.

(2) Read the following sentences and say what type of sentence it is.
1. I can speak English but I cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
Compound

2. As the weather is fine, we should enjoy it.
Answer:
Complex

3. Do or die.
Answer:
Compound

4. Bhubaneswar with all its lights looks beautiful at night.
Answer:
Simple

5. You can do it if you like.
Answer:
Complex

6. Who told you to go home?
Answer:
Simple

7. Wait here until I return.
Answer:
Complex

8. The people who have gone to the moon say that there is no water there.
Answer:
Complex

9. A valuable thing was found yesterday.
Answer:
Simple

10. I came, I saw and I conquered.
Answer:
Compound

11. The boy described what he had seen.
Answer:
Complex

12. If you turn the switch, the motor will start.
Answer:
Complex

13. Maggie, take Mr. Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Simple

14. I understood how she felt.
Answer:
Complex

15. I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
Compound

16. I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
Complex

17. He stood up and asked me a question.
Answer:
Compound

18. The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
Complex

19. When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about the girl.
Answer:
Complex

20. I have been waiting here since morning.
Answer:
Simple

(3) Write the pattern of the following sentences.
1. Pragyan feels cold.
Answer:
SVC

2. The babies are crying.
Answer:
SV

3. Shruti looks tired.
Answer:
SVC

4. Mahesh offered me a gift.
Answer:
SVOO

5. Ashish asked her a question.
Answer:
SVOO

6. Krushna and Mahesh are on the way.
Answer:
SVC

7. The mango tastes sweet.
Answer:
SVC

8. Babul seems restless.
Answer:
SVC

9. The baby broke the toy.
Answer:
SVO

10. The book made him famous.
Answer:
SVOC

11. The boy appears innocent.
Answer:
SVC

12. His father bought him a new bicycle.
Answer:
SVOO

13. We have proved him wrong.
Answer:
SVOC

14. They elected Mr. Prusty chairman.
Answer:
SVOC

15. Dr. Prativa Ray has written many novels.
Answer:
SVO

16. It smells nice.
Answer:
SVC

17. My father was an artist.
Answer:
SVC

18. They found him death.
Answer:
SVOC

19. The sky got dark.
Answer:
SVC

20. The guide showed us the temple.
Answer:

(4) Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using co-ordinating or co-relative conjunctions.
1. You may stay here. You may go home.
Answer:
You may stay here or go home.

2. He joined the essay competition. He won the prize.
Answer:
He joined the essay competition and won the prize.

3. He is not rich. He is happy.
Answer:
He is not rich, yet he is happy.

4. He rebuked me. I was not angry.
Answer:
He rebuked me, still, I was not angry.

5. Work hard. You will fail.
Answer:
Work hard, or else you will fail.

6. I was tired. I went to bed early.
Answer:
I was tired, so I went to bed early.

7. She can sing. She can dance.
Answer:
She can both sing and dance.

8. I am ill with a fever. I shall sit for the examination.
Answer:
I am ill with a fever nevertheless I shall sit for the examination.

9. It rained heavily. I could not go out.
Answer:
It rained heavily, therefore I could not go out.

10. He is mad. He feigns madness.
Answer:
He is either mad or he feigns madness.

11. He is not handsome. He is not smart.
Answer:
He is neither handsome nor smart.

12. He was arrested. He was sentenced to death.
Answer:
He was not only arrested but also sentenced to death.

13. I don’t want to go to the cinema. I am feeling tired.
Answer:
I don’t want to go to the cinema, besides I am feeling tired.

14. He couldn’t speak. He was overcome with grief.
Answer:
He could not speak for he was overcome with grief.

15. He knocked at the door. Nobody opened it.
Answer:
He knocked at the door, but nobody opened it.

16. I can speak English. I can speak Hindi.
Answer:
I can speak English, but I can’t speak Hindi.

17. He worked hard. He got a first division.
Answer:
He worked hard and got a first division.

18. The knife is sharp. It cuts well.
Answer:
The knife is sharp, so it cuts well.

19. He gave us dinner. He drove us back home.
Answer:
He not only gave us dinner but also drove us back home.

20. His father will come here. His mother will come here.
Answer:
Either his father or his mother will come here.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 10th Class English Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

• Chapter 1 Tense Revisited
• Chapter 2 Types of Sentences
• Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement
• Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms
• Chapter 5 Prepositions
• Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs
• Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses
• Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses
• Chapter 9 The Passive
• Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Book Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation with Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha (Second Language English (SLE)

The examination for the English (SLE) paper will have two parts. Part-I relates to Objective-Type Questions (Fill in the blanks, Answer in one word/one sentence, Write True or False, Match the Columns, Questions on Language & Vocabulary and Grammar, Translation into English) carrying 50 marks with 1-hour duration & Part-II relates to Subjective Questions (Long Answer-type questions, Essay, Letter/Application, Summary/Report writing, etc.) carrying 50 marks with 1 1/2 hours duration.

The detailed distribution of marks with respect to the pattern of questions is given below:

Part I (Objective-Type)
1. Prose (5 Questions) (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
2. Poetry (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
3. Non-Detailed Study (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
4. Language & Vocabulary (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
5. Grammar (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
6. Translation into English (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Part II (Subjective Type)
Prose
1. Two Questions to be answered within 50 words carrying 5 marks each (Internal Choice) (5 × 2 = 10 Marks)
2. One Essay out of three (3) (in about 250 words) (To be written keeping to the outline given) (12 × 1 = 12 Marks)
3. Letter/Applications (in about 100 words) internal choice (10 × 1 = 10 Marks)
4. Summary (A Passage in about 180 words): (To be answered in about 60 words) (8 × 1 = 8 Marks)
5. Unseen Passage (in about 150 words): (Five very short answer type questions carrying two marks each) (2 × 5 = 10 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Grand Total: Part-I (50 Marks) + PART-II (50 Marks) = 100 Marks

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Life Science Important Questions Chapter 10 ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ Important Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Life Science Important Questions 10 ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ

A ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ

1. ସମ୍ବରଣ ନୀତି କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ସମ୍ବରଣ ଅଟେ ।

2. ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ ନୀତି କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଏହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ କିଛିମାତ୍ରାରେ ବର୍ଜ୍ୟବସ୍ତୁକୁ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା । ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାରୁ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇପାରୁଛି ।

3. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
ଊ-
ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା କହିଲେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବାସ କରୁଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରାଣୀ, ଉଭିଦ ଓ ଅଣୁଜୀବଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ । ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ହେଉଛି ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତାର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଉତ୍ସ ।

4. ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଅଣଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମିରେ ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ସହଯୋଗରେ ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

5. ସାମାଜିକ ବନପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ସୁଫଳ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳୁଛି ?
ଊ-
ଏହି ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରିତା ତଥା ସଫଳତା ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ୍, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ହତାରେ, ରାସ୍ତାକଡ଼ରେ ଓ କେନାଲ ବନ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳୁଛି ।

6. ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଳ ପଇଁଚାଳନା କିପରି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମାନା ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
ସମସ୍ତ ଅଂଶୀଦାରମାନଙ୍କୁ ସାମିଲ କରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ଯୋଜନା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ଷମ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

7. IUCN ସଂସ୍ଥା କାହିଁକି ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
ଅସୁର କ୍ଷି ତ ଓ ଲୁ ପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ର ହି ଥ‌ିବା ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କ ସୁରକ୍ଷାପାଇଁ IUCN ନାମକ ଆନ୍ତର୍ଜାତିକ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

8. IUCN ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗ କର ।
ଉ-

• ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି,
• ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି,
• ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି,
• ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି

9. କେଉଁମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ବା ଭେଦ୍ୟ ଜାତି କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କର ଶିକାର ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅତିମାତ୍ରାରେ କରାଯାଇଛି, ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ କୌଣସି ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନିଆଯାଉନଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହି ଜାତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ବା ଭେଦ୍ୟ ଜାତି ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

B ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଭାରତରେ ‘Wild Life Protection Act.” ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
2. ଜୀବକୋଷର ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ଜଳ ଅଟେ ?
3. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଶିମିଳିପାଳ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
4, ଆମ ଦେଶରେ 1927 ମସିହାରେ ‘ଜାତୀୟ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
5. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ‘Wild Life Protection Act.’ ର ସଂଶୋଧନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
6. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ‘Red Data Book’ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ img
7. ଭୂତଳ ଓ ଭୂପୃଷ୍ଠ ଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ୱାରା ମାଟିର କେଉଁ ଗୁଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧିପାଏ ?
8. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ଭାରତରେ ‘National Forest Policy’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
9. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ମୌସୁମୀ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ବୃଷ୍ଟିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
10. ଆସାମର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
11. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
12. କେରଳର କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ
ସଚେତନତା ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
13. ଗୁଜରାଟର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଚଢ଼େଇ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା
14. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର କେଉଁ ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭିତରକନିକା
15. ପରିବ୍ରାଜୀ ବିଦେଶୀ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନଙ୍କ ସମାଗମ ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଖୁବ୍ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଲାଭ କରିଛି ?

Answers:
1. 1972 3. ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
2. 85-90
3. img
4. ଆରାବରି
5. 1991
6. 1966
7. ଆର୍ଦ୍ରତା
8. 1988
9. 85
10. କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
11. 1970
12. ପେରିୟାର
13. ଭରତପୁର
14. କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା
15. 96.

C ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ………………… ନୀତିକୁ ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଭାବରେ ପରିଗଣିତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
2. ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର …………………. କରିବାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
3. ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ କରିବା ଏକ ………………….. ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ।
4. କୌଣସି ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ……………….. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
5. ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ହେଉଛି …………………. ର ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଉତ୍ସ ।
6. ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଓ ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରହି ଥିବା ଜୀବ ମାନଙ୍କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ……………… ନାମକ ଆନ୍ତର୍ଜାତିକ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ।
7. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନେ 50 ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛନ୍ତି ଓ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରୁ ଅପସରି ଗଲେଣି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ………………… କୁହାଯାଏ ।
8. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଅତିମାତ୍ରାରେ କମିଗଲାଣି ଓ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ହେବାର ଆଶଙ୍କା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଲାଶି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ …………. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
୨. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ …………………. ଜାତିର ଜୀବ ଅଟେ ।
10. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ …………………. କେବଳ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ ।
11. ଉତ୍ତରପ୍ରଦେଶର ……………………. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର କୁହାଯାଏ । ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ।
12. ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ …………………….. ରେ ପରି ଣତ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
13. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନେ ଅନ୍ୟୁନ 50 ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହେ।ଲଗଲେଶି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ……………. ଜାତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।
14. ଗ୍ରେଟ୍ ଇଣ୍ଡିଆନ୍ ବୁଷ୍ଟାର୍ଡ଼ ……………………. ଜାତିର ଅନ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ ଅଟେ ।
15. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ ………………….. ଜାତିର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ଅଟେ ।
16. ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା ………………. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ ।
17. ରେଡ ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍ …………………… ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଗଲାଣି
18. ଜାତୀୟ ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ ……………… ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
19. ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ ………………. ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରଶୟନ ହୋଇଛି ।
20. କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ………………….. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।
21. ………………… ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଅଟେ ।

Answers:
1. 3R
2. ସମ୍ବରଣ
3. ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ
4. ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର
6. IUCN
7. ବିଲୁପ୍ତଜାତି
8. ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାଳି
9. ଦୁର୍ଲଭ
10. ମାନସ
11. କର୍ନେଟ୍
12. କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ
13. ବିଲୁପ୍ତ
14. ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ
15. ଦୁର୍ଲଭ
16. କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
17. 1966
18. 2004
19. 1972
20. ଭିତରକନିକା
21. ଶିମିଳିପାଳ

(D) ନିମ୍ନସ୍ଥ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡିକରୁ କେଉଁଟି ଠିକ୍ (✓ ) ବା ଭୁଲ୍ (✗) ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।

1. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା କରାଯାଏ ।
2. ମେଧା ପାଟେକରଙ୍କ ନେତୃଘ୍ନରେ ‘ନର୍ମଦା ବାଞ୍ଛାଅ” ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ ଏବେ ବି ଚାଲିଛି ।
3. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଶିମିଳିପାଳ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ।
4. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ 1927 ମସିହାରେ ‘ଜାତୀୟ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
5. ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଦେଶର କର୍ନେଟ୍ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ।
6. ରେଡ୍ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍‌ରେ ବିପନ୍ନ ଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା ଅଛି ।
7. ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଜାତିର ପ୍ରାଣୀଙ୍କୁ ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି, ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି, ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି, ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି ଓ କମ୍ ଜଣାଶୁଣା ଜାତିଭାବେ IUCN ଦ୍ଵାରା ଶ୍ରେଣୀଭୁକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
8. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ ବା ଅଟକବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
9. ଜଳ ଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
10. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର ହୀରାକୁଦଠାରେ ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ରହିଛି ।

Answers:
1. (✗)
2. (✓)
3. (✓)
4. (✗)
5. (✗)
6. (✓)
7. (✓)
8. (✓)
9. (✗)
10. (✓)

E ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ଯୋଡାର ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକରି ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟଟିରେ ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1970 : ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ	1983:
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ :
ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ : ମହାବଳବାଘ	କାଜିରଙ୍ଗୀ :
କର୍ପେଟ୍ : ବାଘ	ଭରତପୁର :
ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ : ଖଇଖାଇ	କଟକ :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1970 : ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ	1983 : ଆଖିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ : ପେରିୟାରଜଲ
ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ : ମହାବଳବାଘ	କାଜିରଙ୍ଗୀ : ଗଣ୍ଡା
କର୍ପେଟ୍ : ବାଘ	ଭରତପୁର : ଚଢ଼େଇ
ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ : ଖଇଖାଇ	କଟକ : ନରାଜ

 

2. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ  ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର :
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ବାଣପୁର :
ଡୋଡ଼ୋପକ୍ଷୀ : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି	କମଣ୍ଡଳୁଗଛ :
ସରୀସୃପ : ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତଜାତି	ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣମର୍କଟ :
ଭିତରକନିକା : କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା	ଶିମିଳିପାଳ :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର : ଡେରାସ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ବାଣପୁର : ସାଳିଆ
ଡୋଡ଼ୋପକ୍ଷୀ : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି	କମଣ୍ଡଳୁଗଛ : ଲସ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି
ସରୀସୃପ : ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତଜାତି	ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣମର୍କଟ : ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି
ଭିତରକନିକା : କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା	ଶିମିଳିପାଳ : ମୟରଭଞ୍ଜ

 

3. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ  ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1927 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଆଇନ	1988:
1972 : ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ	2004:
କେନାଲ ଓ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ : ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ସ	ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ :
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ :
ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା : ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ	ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟଜାତି :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1927 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଆଇନ	1988 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି
1972 : ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ	2004 : ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ
କେନାଲ ଓ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ : ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ସ	ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ : ୟଗଜଚ୍ଚଲପରିଚାଳନା
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ : ପେରିୟାର ଜଙ୍ଗଲ
ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା : ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ	ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟଜାତି : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs) With Answers

1. କେଉଁ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ?
(A) ଚିଲିକା
(B) ପେରିୟାର
(C) ଭିତର କନିକା
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
Answer
(C) ଭିତର କନିକା

2. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ କେବେ ପ୍ରଣୀତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(A) 1927
(B) 1988
(C) 1972
(D) 2004
Answer
(D) 2004

3. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ କେବେ ପ୍ରଣୀତ ଜୀବ ?
(A) ଚିତାବାଘ
(C) ଟାସ୍‌ମାନିଆନ୍ ଉଲ୍‌
(D) ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ
(B) ଡୋଡ଼ୋ
Answer
(B) ଡୋଡ଼ୋ

4. ପରିପ୍କୋ‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ’ଣ ପାଇଁ ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଥିଲା ?
(A) ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(B) ହସ୍ତୀ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(C) ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(D) ପକ୍ଷୀ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
Answer
(A) ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା

5. କେଉଁଟି ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ?
(A) ଅଭୟାରଣ୍ୟ
(B) ଉଦ୍ଭିଦ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ
(C) ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ଜୀବମଣ୍ଡଳ
(D) ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ
Answer
(B) ଉଦ୍ଭିଦ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ

6. ‘ବିଶ୍ଵ ଏଡ୍‌ସ ଦିବସ’ କେବେ ପାଳନ କରାଯାଏ ?
(A) ଜୁନ୍ 22
(B) ସେପ୍ଟେମ୍ବର 8
(C) ଅକ୍ଟୋବର 29
(D) ଡିସେମ୍ବର !
Answer
(D) ଡିସେମ୍ବର !

7. ‘କଳ୍ପବୃଷ’ କ’ଣ ?
(A) ସ୍ଵେଚ୍ଛାସେବୀ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ
(B) ଇକୋସିଷ୍ଟମ୍
(C) ପରିସ୍ଥାନ
(D) ପ୍ଲବ୍ ଉଦ୍ଭଦ
Answer
(A) ସ୍ଵେଚ୍ଛାସେବୀ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ

8. ବିବିଧତା’ ଆଇନ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରିଥିଲେ ?
(A) 1988
(B) 1972
(C) 2004
(D) 2010
Answer
(C) 2004

9. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ କେଉଁ ଜାତିର ପ୍ରାଣୀ ?
(A) ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି
(C) ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି
(B) ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି
(D) ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି
Answer
(B) ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି

10. କେଉଁଟି ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନା ନୁହେଁ ?
(A) ହୀରାକୁଦ
(B) ବିଶ୍ଵେଶ୍ଵରାୟା
(C) ସର୍ଦ୍ଦାର ସରୋବର
(D) ନରାଜ
Answer
(D) ନରାଜ

11. କେଉଁଟି ଜୈବ ଅବନମିତକ୍ଷମ ?
(A) ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ୍ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ
(B) ପାରଦ
(C) କାଠ
(D) ରାସାୟନିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ
Answer
(C) କାଠ

12. 1979 ମସିହାଠାରୁ ସବୁଜ ବଳୟ ସୃଷ୍ଟିପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ?
(A) ବମ୍ବେ ନାଚୁରାଲ୍ ହିଷ୍ଟ୍ରି ସୋସାଇଟି
(B) କଳ୍ପବୃକ୍ଷ
(C) ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସମିତି
(D) ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ପରିଷଦ
Answer
(B) କଳ୍ପବୃକ୍ଷ

13. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ଭାରତରେ ‘National Forest Policy’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) 1986
(B) 1988
(C) 1990
(D) 1992
Answer
(B) 1988

14. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ମୌସୁମୀ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ବୃଷ୍ଟିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
(A) 70
(B) 80
(C) 85
(D) 90
Answer
(C) 85

15. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଅଛି ?
(A) ଡେରାସ୍
(B) ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି
(C) ନରାଜ
(D) ଗଡ଼ଖାଇ
Answer
(D) ଗଡ଼ଖାଇ

16. ଆସନ୍ତା ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କୋଇଲା ସମ୍ପଦ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଯିବ ?
(A) 70
(B) 80
(C) 90
(D) 100
Answer
(D) 100

17. 1966 ମସିହାରୁ କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା ତରଫରୁ ରେଡ୍ ଡାଟା
(A) IUCN
(B) ICNU
(C) INUC
(D) CNIU
Answer
(A) IUCN

18. କେଉଁ ମସିହାଠାରୁ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ‘Forest Act.’ IMG
(A) 1925
(B) 1926
(C) 1927
(D) 1928
Answer
(C) 1927

19. ଆସାମର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
(A) ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
(B) ଭରତପୁର
(C) କର୍ନେଟ୍
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
Answer
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା

20. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ
(A) 1968
(B) 1970
(C) 1972
(D) 1974
Answer
(B) 1970

21. କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା ବନ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପଦ ଓ ବନ୍ୟଜନ୍ତୁ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଆର୍ଥିକ ସହାୟତା ଯୋଗାଏ ନାହିଁ ?
(A) NBC
(B) IBW
(C) WWF
(D) CRRI
Answer
(D) CRRI

22. କେରଳର କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଚେତନତା ଦ୍ଵାରା କରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) ପେରିୟାର୍
(B) ଆରାବରି
(C) ରେନି
(D) ପୁରୁଲିଆ
Answer
(A) ପେରିୟାର୍

23. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଭାରତରରେ ‘National Boidervisity Act.’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ ହୋଇଛି ?
(A) 2000
(B) 2002
(C) 2004
(D) 2006
Answer
(C) 2004

24. ଗୁଜରାଟର କେଉଁଠାଣର ଚଢ଼େଇ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ?
(A) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
(B) ଭରତପୁର
(C) କର୍ନେଟ୍
(D) ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
Answer
(B) ଭରତପୁର

25. 1983 ମସିହାରେ କେଉଁ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଆପ୍ଲିକେ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହେଲା ?
(A) କେରଳ
(B) ମଧ୍ୟପ୍ରଦେଶ
(C) କର୍ଣାଟକ
(D) ଉତ୍ତରପ୍ରଦେଶ
Answer
(C) କର୍ଣାଟକ

26. ଆସନ୍ତା ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଯିବ ?
(A) 20
(C) 40
(B) 30
(D) 50
Answer
(D) 50

27. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଆକ୍ସିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(A) 1980
(B) 1983
(C) 1984
(D) 1986
Answer
(B) 1983

28. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର କେଉଁ ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭିତରକନିକା ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ରହିଛି ?
(A) ଜଗତ୍‌ସିଂହପୁର
(B) କଟକ
(C) କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା
(D) ବାଲେଶ୍ବର
Answer
(C) କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା

29. କେଉଁଟି ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଓ ଏକ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ଜୀବମଣ୍ଡଳ ଭାବରେ ଚିହ୍ନିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
(A) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ
(B) ଭିତରକନିକା
(C) ଚନ୍ଦକା
(D) ନଳବଣ
Answer
(A) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ

30. ପରିବ୍ରାଜୀ ବିଦେଶୀ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନଙ୍କ ସମାଗମ ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଲାଭ କରିଛି ?
(A) ଚନ୍ଦକା
(B) ନଳବଣ
(C) ଭିତରକନିକା
(D) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ
Answer
(B) ନଳବଣ

31. କେଉଁଟି ତାପଜ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରରେ ଇନ୍ଧନ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
(A) କାଠ
(B) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ୍
(C) କୋଇଲା
(D) ଡିଜେଲ୍
Answer
(C) କୋଇଲା

32. SO, କେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜଳିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
(A) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍
(B) କାଠ
(C) ଘିଅ
(D) ପତ୍ର
Answer
(A) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍

33. କେଉଁଟି ଏକ ଜୀବାଶ୍ମ ଇନ୍ଧନ ଅଟେ ?
(A) କାଠ,
(B) ଘିଅ
(C) କୋଇଲା
(D) ପତ୍ର
Answer
(C) କୋଇଲା

38. ରେଡ୍‌ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍‌ରେ କ’ଣ ଅଛି ?
(A) ବନ୍ୟଜନ୍ତୁ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆଇନ୍ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା
(B) ବନ୍ୟପ୍ରାଣୀ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣର ଉପାୟ
(C) ଜୈବବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍
(D) ବିପନ୍ନଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା
Answer
(D) ବିପନ୍ନଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା

1. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ, ସେ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ 3R ନୀତି ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଊ-
(i) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ତଥା ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଏବଂ ସ୍ୱତଃସ୍ଫୁ ର୍ର ଯୋଗଦାନଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ ପରିବେଶର ସୁରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ସହ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ମଧ୍ୟ କରିପାରିବା ।।
(ii) ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ତିନି ‘R’ ନୀତିକୁ ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଭାବରେ ପରିଗଣିତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
(iii) ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା- ସମ୍ବରଣ (Reduce), ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ (Recycle) ଓ ପୁନବ୍ୟବହାର (Reuse) ।

(A) ସମ୍ବରଣ :
(iv) ସମ୍ବରଣ ଅର୍ଥ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ।
(v) ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଆମେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଉ ଓ ନଷ୍ଟ ମଧ୍ୟ କରିଥାଉ ।
(vi) ଆମେ ସଚେତନ ହେଲେ ଏହି ଅପଚୟକୁ ରୋକି ହେବ ।

(B) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ :
(vii) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଆମେ କିଛି ମାତ୍ରାରେ ବର୍ଜ୍ୟବସ୍ତୁକୁ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର
(viii) ପୁନଶ୍ଚକ୍ରଣ ଦ୍ୱାରା କଳକାରଖାନାର କଞ୍ଚାମାଲର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିଛିମାତ୍ରାରେ ମେଣ୍ଟାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
(ix) ସେହିପରି ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ଆମେ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟରେ ପରିଣତ କରି ବଗିଚାରେ ବା ଚାଷ ଜମିରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା ।

(C) ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର :
(x) କୌଣସି ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ସବୁଠାରୁ ଉନ୍ନତ ଓ ପରିବେଶ ଅନୁକୂଳ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ବ୍ୟବହାରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ପରେ ବର୍ଜନ ନକରି ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କଲେ ସେହି ପଦାର୍ଥର ଠିକ୍
ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

1. ସମତଳ ଆଳରେ ଛଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ?
ଊ-
ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ନୂତନ ଜ୍ଞାନକୌଶଳ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଉଛି ।

• ମାଟି କିମ୍ବା କଂକ୍ରିଟ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଅଟଳବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରଖାଯିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହି ଜଳ ତଳକୁ ଗତିକରି ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତରରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
• ଖାଲୁଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଏହି ଜଳ ଭୂପୃଷ୍ଠ ଜଳ ଅଟଳବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଖରାଦିନେ ଚାଷକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଜଳସ୍ତରରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
• ଛାତ ଉପରେ ପଡୁଥ‌ିବା ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ବାଲିଶଯ୍ୟା ଥ‌ିବା କମ୍ ଗଭୀର ଗର୍ଭକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲେ ଏହି ଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତର ସହିତ ମିଶିଥାଏ । ଏହା ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଟାଙ୍କି ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ସିଧାସଳଖ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

2. ନିରନ୍ତର ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ପଦକ୍ଷେପଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ସାମାଜିକ ବନପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ବାରା ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ ଓ ଅଣଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମିରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରିବା ପାଇଁ ଫଳରେ ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ, ଫଳରେ ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ, ରାସ୍ତାକଡ଼ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ରେ ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ହାତକୁ ନିଆଯାଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ ଲୋକ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଅଂଶୀଦାରମାନଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ, ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ଓ ଶୁଳ୍କ ଆଦାୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଜଡ଼ିତ କରାଯାଇପାରୁଛି ।
• ଆଦିବାସୀ ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲତଳି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବସବାସ କରୁ ଥ‌ିବା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମରେ ସାମିଲ କରି ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରାପ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ହାତକୁ ନିଆଯାଇଛି – ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସାମାଜିକ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ ।

3. ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁରାରେ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କର ଭୂମିକା ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଊ-

• ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଗତାନୁ ଗତିକ ଭାବେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସୀମିତ ରଖୁବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଅଧିବାସୀମାନଙ୍କର ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ସାମାଜିକ ଓ ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ ଜୀବନ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଉଥିବାରୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଆୟର ପନ୍ଥା ନ ଯୋଗାଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରବେଶ ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲଜାତ ପଦାର୍ଥର ସଂଗ୍ରହ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲେ ବହୁ ଅସୁବିଧା ହେବ ।
• ତେଣୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ବିଭାଗ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ଭାଗୀଦାର ଭାବେ ବିବେଚନା କରି ଦୀର୍ଘମିଆଦୀ ସୂତ୍ରରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁରକ୍ଷା କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।

4. ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନାରେ କି କି ଅସୁବିଧା ରହିଛି ?
ଊ-

• ବଣ୍ଟନ ସମୟରେ କେନାଲ୍ ବନ୍ଧରେ ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଘାଇ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହୋଇ ବହୁପରିମାଣର ଜଳ ନଷ୍ଟହୋଇ ସେହି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବନ୍ୟାସ୍ଥିତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଛି ।
• ସେହିପରି କେତେକ କେନାଲ୍‌ରେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ପରି ମାଣର ଜଳ ପ୍ରବାହ ହେଉନଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଲୋକମାନେ କେନାଲ ବନ୍ଧଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାଟିଦେଇ ଜଳଭଣ୍ଡାର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଯେଉଁସବୁ ଗାଁ ଓ ଜମି ଜଳାଏଁ ବ ହେଉଛି ସେଠାକାର ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସେହିସ୍ଥାନ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ୁଛି ।
• ଫଳରେ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ ଲୋକମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଘରଦ୍ୱାର, ଜମିବାଡ଼ି ଓ ବେପାରବଣିଜ ସବୁ ହରାଇ ନିଃସ୍ବ ହୋଇଯାଉଛନ୍ତି । ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଉଚିତ କ୍ଷତିପୂରଣ ଓ ଚାକିରି ନ ମିଳିବାଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରୀତିକର ସାମାଜିକ ତଥା ଅର୍ଥନୈକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି ।

1. 5R କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସଂପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ 3R ନୀତି ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଅଟେ ।
• ଏହି 5R ନୀତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଉଛି – ସମ୍ବରଣ (Reduce) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ (Recycle) ଓ ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର (Reuse)

2. କେନାଲ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଜଳସମ୍ପଦର ବିକାଶ କିପରି କରାଯାଇଛି ?
ଊ-

• କେନାଲ ନିର୍ମାଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନେକ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଳସେଚନ ଓ ପାନୀୟ ଜଳ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହେଉଛି ।
  
• ମେରୁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯୋଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ତଥ ଜଳାଭାବଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ସୋଗାଇ ହେଉଛି ।

ଉଦାହରଣ : ଇନ୍ଦି ରାଗାନ୍ଧି କେନାଲ୍ ମେରୁଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯେ।ଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ମେରୁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯୋଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହେଉଛି ।

3. ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନାର ଦୁଇଟି ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅସୁବିଧା ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ବୃହତ୍ ଜଳଭଣ୍ଡାର ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମି ଜଳାର୍ଣ୍ଣବ ହୋଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ କ୍ଷୟ ଘଟୁଛି ।
• ପରିବେଶ କ୍ଷତି ଘଟିବାସହ ପରିସ୍ଥାନ ନଷ୍ଟହୋଇ ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତାର ଅପୂରଣୀୟ କ୍ଷତି ଘଟୁଛି ।

4. ଆଖିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-

• ଆଖିକୋର ଅର୍ଥ ମଧ୍ଯ କୁଣ୍ଢେଇ ଧରିବା । ଏହି ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ 1983 ମସିହାରେ କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକରେ ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
• ଏହି ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ୍ରମଶଃ ଦେଶର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ବ୍ୟାପିଲା ଓ ଲା କମା ନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଜଙ୍ଗଳ ସୂଚ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଆଗରଙ୍କ ହେଲେ ।

5. ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତର କମିବାର କାରଣ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-

• ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ଜନସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଯୋଗୁଁ କୃଷି ଓ ଶିଳ୍ପର ଅଭିବୃଦ୍ଧିର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହେଉଅଛି । ଏଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ଅଧ‌ିରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ଜଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ନଳକୂପ ଓ ଉଠା ଜଳସେଚନ ଦ୍ବାରା ଭୂତଳ ଜଳର ଅତ୍ୟଧୂଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଛି ।
• ପାହାଡ଼ ଓ ପର୍ବତମାନଙ୍କରୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଫା ହୋଇଯିବା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଭୂତଳକୁ ଜଳର ଗତି କମିଯିବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି ଓ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳର ପରିମାଣ ଦିନକୁ ଦିନ କମିବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି ।

6. ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତରକୁ ସମୃଦ୍ଧ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଦୁଇଟି ଉପାୟ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-

• ପାହାଡ଼ର ଗଡ଼ାଣିଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରି, ପଥର ଅଟକ ବନ୍ଧଦେଇ ଜଳପ୍ରବାହର କ୍ଷିପ୍ରଗତିକୁ କମାଇବା ଓ ଜଳର ଭୂତଳକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶର ମାତ୍ରା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳଭାବେ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
• ପାହାଡ଼ର ଶିଖରରୁ ପାଦଦେଶ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନେ ସ୍ଥାନେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ପଥର ବନ୍ଧ ନିର୍ମାଣକରି ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆସ୍ତେ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳକୁ ଗତିକରିବ ଓ ତଳେ ପହଞ୍ଝାପାଇଁ ଜଳକୁ ଅଧିକ ସମୟ ଲାଗିବ । ଫଳରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାପ୍ତ ପରିମାଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିବ ।

7. ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା କ’ଣ ?
ଭ-
ପାହାଡ଼ର ଗଡ଼ାଣିଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରି, ପଥର ଅଟକ ବନ୍ଧଦେଇ ଜଳପ୍ରବାହର କ୍ଷିପ୍ରତାକୁ କମାଇବା ଓ ଜଳର ଭୂତଳକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶର ମାତ୍ରା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳ ଭାବରେ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇପାରିବ । ଏହି ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନିଆଯାଏ ।

8. କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନା କିପରି ଉପଯୋଗୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଭ-

• ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ଜଳସଞ୍ଚୟପାଇଁ ଆମକୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କରିବା ଦରକାର ।
• ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଜରିଆରେ ଅନେକ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଜଳସଞ୍ଚୟ ହୋଇପାରିଲେ ଏହା ସବୁ ସ୍ଥାନ କୁ ସମପରି ମାଣରେ ଉପଲବ୍‌ଧ ହୋଇପାରିବ ଓ ବଣ୍ଟନ ଜନିତ କ୍ଷୟ ତଥା ଅସୁବିଧା ଦୂର ହୋଇପାରିବ ।
• ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଏହିପରି ଅନେକ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ, ଯଥା- ଖଇଖାଇ (ମୟୁରଭଞ୍ଜ, ନରାଜ (କଟକ), ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି (ଆଠଗଡ଼) ଡେରାସ (ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର) ଓ ସାଳିଆ (ବାଣପୁର) ଆଦି ଜଳଯୋଗାଣ କରାଯାଇପାରୁଛି ।

9. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଏ ?
ଭ-

• ନୂତନ ଜ୍ଞାନକୌଶଳର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ମାଟି କିମ୍ବା` କଂକ୍ରିଟ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଅଟକବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରଖାଯିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହି ଜଳ ତଳକୁ ଗତି କରି ଭୂତଳ ଜଳ ସ୍ତରର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟାଇ ପାରୁଛି ।